def14a
SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(Amendment No. )
Filed by the Registrant þ
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant o
Check the appropriate box:
o Preliminary Proxy Statement
o Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
þ Definitive Proxy Statement
o Definitive Additional Materials
o Soliciting Material Pursuant to § 240.14a-12
AMETEK, Inc.
(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
þ |
|
No fee required |
|
o |
|
$125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2) or Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A. |
|
o |
|
Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11. |
|
(1) |
|
Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: |
|
(2) |
|
Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies: |
|
(3) |
|
Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to
Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and
state how it was determined): |
|
(4) |
|
Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: |
o |
|
Fee paid previously with preliminary materials |
|
o |
|
Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange
Act Rule 0-11 (a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting
fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by
registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date
of its filing. |
|
(1) |
|
Amount Previously Paid: |
|
(2) |
|
Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: |
Notice of 2011
Annual Meeting
Proxy Statement
Annual Financial Information
and Review of Operations
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
Tuesday, May 3, 2011
11:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time
InterContinental The Barclay New York
Sutton Room
111 East 48th Street
New York, NY 10017
Dear Fellow Stockholder:
On behalf of the Board of Directors, it is my pleasure to invite you to attend the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders of AMETEK, Inc. At the Annual Meeting, you will be asked to:
|
1. |
|
Elect two Directors for a term of three years; |
|
|
2. |
|
Approve the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan; |
|
|
3. |
|
Cast an advisory vote on executive compensation; |
|
|
4. |
|
Cast an advisory vote on the frequency of future advisory votes on executive
compensation; |
|
|
5. |
|
Ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered
public accounting firm for 2011; and |
|
|
6. |
|
Transact any other business properly brought before the Annual Meeting. |
Only stockholders of record at the close of business on March 18, 2011 will be entitled to vote at
the Annual Meeting. Your vote is important. You can vote in one of four ways: (1) via the
Internet, (2) by telephone using a toll-free number, (3) by marking, signing and dating your proxy
card, and returning it promptly in the enclosed envelope, or (4) by casting your vote in person at
the Annual Meeting. Please refer to your proxy card for specific proxy voting instructions.
We have included the annual financial information relating to our business and operations in
Appendix B to the Proxy Statement. We also have enclosed a Summary Annual Report.
We hope that you take advantage of the convenience and cost savings of voting by computer or by
telephone. A sizable electronic response would significantly reduce return-postage fees.
Whether you expect to attend the meeting or not, we urge you to vote your shares via the Internet,
by telephone or by mailing your proxy as soon as possible. Submitting your proxy now will not
prevent you from voting your stock at the Annual Meeting if you want to, as your proxy is revocable
at your option. We appreciate your interest in AMETEK.
Sincerely,
Frank S. Hermance
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
Berwyn, Pennsylvania
Dated: March 25, 2011
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE
ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON MAY 3, 2011
Our Notice of 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Annual Report
are available at:
http://www.ametek.com/2011proxy
Principal executive offices
1100 Cassatt Road
P.O. Box 1764
Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312-1177
PROXY STATEMENT
We are mailing this Proxy Statement and proxy card to our stockholders of record as of March
18, 2011 on or about March 25, 2011. The Board of Directors is soliciting proxies in connection
with the election of Directors and other actions to be taken at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
and at any adjournment or postponement of that Meeting. The Board of Directors encourages you to
read the Proxy Statement and to vote on the matters to be considered at the Annual Meeting.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Voting Procedures |
|
|
1 |
|
Corporate Governance |
|
|
2 |
|
Advance Notice Procedures |
|
|
10 |
|
Stockholder Proposals for the 2012 Proxy Statement |
|
|
10 |
|
Report of the Audit Committee |
|
|
10 |
|
Election of Directors (Proposal 1 on Proxy Card) |
|
|
11 |
|
Approval of the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
(Proposal 2 on Proxy Card) |
|
|
11 |
|
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Proposal 3 on Proxy Card) |
|
|
18 |
|
Advisory Vote on the Frequency of the Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation
(Proposal 4 on Proxy Card) |
|
|
18 |
|
Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(Proposal 5 on Proxy Card) |
|
|
19 |
|
The Board of Directors |
|
|
20 |
|
Executive Officers |
|
|
21 |
|
Executive Compensation: |
|
|
|
|
Compensation Discussion and Analysis |
|
|
22 |
|
Report of the Compensation Committee |
|
|
28 |
|
Compensation Tables |
|
|
29 |
|
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control |
|
|
38 |
|
Stock Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors |
|
|
41 |
|
Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders |
|
|
43 |
|
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
|
|
43 |
|
Other Business |
|
|
44 |
|
Multiple Stockholders Sharing the Same Address |
|
|
44 |
|
Electronic Distribution of Proxy Statements and Annual Reports |
|
|
44 |
|
Appendix: |
|
|
|
|
AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan |
|
|
A-1 |
|
Index to Annual Financial Information and Review of Operations |
|
|
B-1 |
|
VOTING PROCEDURES
Your vote is very important. It is important that your views be represented whether or not
you attend the Annual Meeting. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approved a New York
Stock Exchange rule that changes the manner in which your vote in the election of directors is
handled if you hold your shares through a broker, bank or other holder of record. Stockholders who
hold AMETEK shares through a broker, bank or other holder of record receive proxy materials and a
Voting Instruction Form either electronically or by mail before each Annual Meeting. Prior
to 2010, if you did not transmit your voting instructions before the Annual Meeting, your broker
was allowed to vote on your behalf on the election of directors and other matters considered to be
routine. Your broker is no longer permitted to vote on your behalf on the election of directors
unless you provide specific instructions by completing and returning the Voting Instruction Form or
following the instructions provided to you to vote your shares via the Internet or by telephone.
For your vote to be counted, you now need to communicate your voting decisions to your broker, bank
or other holder of record before the date of the Annual Meeting.
Who can vote? Stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 18, 2011
are entitled to vote. On that date, 160,847,557 shares of our Common Stock were issued and
outstanding and eligible to vote. Each share is entitled to one vote on each matter presented
at the Annual Meeting.
How do I vote? You can vote your shares at the Annual Meeting if you are present in
person or represented by proxy. You can designate the individuals named on the enclosed proxy
card as your proxies by mailing a properly executed proxy card, via the Internet or by
telephone. You may revoke your proxy at any time before the Annual Meeting by delivering
written notice to the Corporate Secretary, by submitting a proxy card bearing a later date or
by appearing in person and casting a ballot at the Annual Meeting.
To submit your proxy by mail, indicate your voting choices, sign and date your proxy card and
return it in the postage-paid envelope provided. You may vote via the Internet or by
telephone by following the instructions on your proxy card. Your Internet or telephone vote
authorizes the persons named on the proxy card to vote your shares in the same manner as if
you marked, signed and returned the proxy card to us.
If you hold your shares through a broker, bank or other holder of record, that institution
will send you separate instructions describing the procedure for voting your shares.
What shares are represented by the proxy card? The proxy card represents all the
shares registered in your name. If you participate in the AMETEK, Inc. Investors Choice
Dividend Reinvestment & Direct Stock Purchase and Sale Plan, the card also represents any full
shares held in your account. If you are an employee who owns AMETEK shares through an AMETEK
employee savings plan and also hold shares in your own name, you will receive a single proxy
card for the plan shares, which are attributable to the units that you hold in the plan, and
the shares registered in your name. Your proxy card or proxy submitted through the Internet
or by telephone will serve as voting instructions to the plan trustee.
How are shares voted? If you return a properly executed proxy card or submit voting
instructions via the Internet or by telephone before voting at the Annual Meeting is closed,
the individuals named as proxies on the enclosed proxy card will vote in accordance with the
directions you provide. If you return a signed and dated proxy card but do not indicate how
the shares are to be voted, those shares will be voted as recommended by the Board of
Directors. A valid proxy card or a vote via the Internet or by telephone also authorizes the
individuals named as proxies to vote your shares in their discretion on any other matters
which, although not described in the Proxy Statement, are properly presented for action at the
Annual Meeting.
If your shares are held by a broker, bank or other holder of record, please refer to the
instructions it provides for voting your shares. If you want to vote those shares in person at
the Annual Meeting, you must bring a signed proxy from the broker, bank or other holder of
record giving you the right to vote the shares.
If you are an employee who owns AMETEK shares through an AMETEK employee savings plan and you
do not return a proxy card or otherwise give voting instructions for the plan shares, the
trustee will vote those shares in the same proportion as the shares for which the trustee
receives voting instructions from other participants in that plan. Your proxy voting
instructions must be received by April 28, 2011 to enable the savings plan trustee to tabulate
the vote of the plan shares prior to the Annual Meeting.
1
How many votes are required? A majority of the shares of our outstanding Common
Stock entitled to vote at the Meeting must be represented in person or by proxy in order to
have a quorum present at the Annual Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted
as present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining a quorum. A broker non-vote
occurs when a bank, broker or other holder of record holding shares for a beneficial owner
does not vote on a particular proposal because that holder does not have discretionary voting
power for the particular proposal and has not received instructions from the beneficial owner.
If a quorum is not present, the Annual Meeting will be rescheduled for a later date.
Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. This means that the two candidates for
election as Directors receiving the highest number of votes will be elected to serve until the
Annual Meeting in 2014. The approval of the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, the approval
of the Companys executive compensation and the ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young
LLP require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of eligible shares present at the
Annual Meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting on the matter. Abstentions and broker non-votes
are not counted as votes for or against these proposals. The advisory votes on executive
compensation and the frequency of an advisory vote on executive compensation are not binding upon
the Company. However, the Board and Compensation Committee will take into account the outcome of
these votes when considering future executive compensation arrangements and the frequency of the
vote on executive compensation.
Who will tabulate the vote? Our transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
will tally the vote, which will be certified by independent inspectors of election.
Is my vote confidential? It is our policy to maintain the confidentiality of proxy
cards, ballots and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders, except where
disclosure is mandated by law and in other limited circumstances.
Who is the proxy solicitor? We have retained Georgeson, Inc. to assist in the
distribution of proxy materials and solicitation of votes. We will pay Georgeson, Inc. a fee
of $8,000, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
In accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law and our Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws, our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the
Board of Directors. We provide information to the Directors about our business through, among
other things, operating, financial and other reports, as well as other documents presented at
meetings of the Board of Directors and Committees of the Board.
Our Board of Directors currently consists of nine members. They are Anthony J. Conti, Sheldon
S. Gordon, Frank S. Hermance, Charles D. Klein, Steven W. Kohlhagen, James R. Malone, David P.
Steinmann, Elizabeth R. Varet and Dennis K. Williams. The biographies of the continuing
Directors and Director nominees appear on page 20. The Board is divided into three classes with
staggered terms of three years each, so that the term of one class expires at each Annual
Meeting of Stockholders. In accordance with our Companys Director retirement policy, Mr.
Gordon, a Class II Director, will not stand for re-election at this years Annual Meeting. In
addition, on February 4, 2011, Mr. Steinmann, also a Class II Director, notified us that he will
not stand for re-election at the Annual Meeting. Mr. Conti was appointed to the Board effective
July 29, 2010, to serve as a Class I Director until the 2013 Annual Meeting. Mr. Conti was
recommended for nomination by the Chief Executive Officer. As a result of the departure of two
Class II Directors, the other current Class II Director, Mr. Hermance, and Mr. Conti, currently
a Class I Director, have been nominated to serve as Class II Directors until the 2014 Annual
Meeting. The Board of Directors took action to decrease the number of Class I and Class II
Directors from three to two per Class upon the retirement of Mr. Gordon and the departure of Mr.
Steinmann.
Corporate Governance Guidelines and Codes of Ethics. The Board of Directors has
adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines that address the practices of the Board and specify
criteria to assist the Board in determining Director independence. These criteria supplement
the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and the regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct sets forth rules of conduct that
apply to all of our Directors, officers and employees. We also have adopted a separate Code
of Ethical Conduct for our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers. The
Guidelines and Codes are available at the
2
Investors section of www.ametek.com as well as in printed form, free of charge to any
stockholder who requests them, by writing or telephoning the Investor Relations Department,
AMETEK, Inc., 1100 Cassatt Road, P.O. Box 1764, Berwyn, PA 19312-1177 (Telephone Number:
1-800-473-1286). The Board of Directors and our management do not intend to grant any waivers
of the provisions of either Code. In the unlikely event a waiver for a Director or an
executive officer occurs, the action will be disclosed promptly at our Web site address
provided above. If the Guidelines or the Codes are amended, the revised versions also will be
posted on our Web site.
Meetings of the Board. Our Board of Directors has five regularly scheduled meetings
each year. Special meetings are held as necessary. In addition, management and the Directors
frequently communicate informally on a variety of topics, including suggestions for Board or
Committee agenda items, recent developments and other matters of interest to the Directors.
The independent Directors meet in executive session at least once a year outside of the
presence of any management Directors and other members of our management. The presiding
Director at the executive sessions rotates annually among the chairpersons of the Corporate
Governance/Nominating Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee. The
presiding Director at the executive sessions for 2011 is Mr. Malone, the chairperson of the
Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee. During executive sessions, the Directors may
consider such matters as they deem appropriate. Following each executive session, the results
of the deliberations and any recommendations are communicated to the full Board of Directors.
Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and each Committee on which they
serve and are expected to attend the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Our Board met in person
a total of four times and three times by telephone in 2010. Each of the Directors attended at
least 75% of the meetings of the Board and the Committees to which the Director was assigned.
All of the Directors, except Mr. Conti who was appointed to the Board on July 29, 2010,
attended the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Independence. The Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that each of the
current Non-Management Directors, Anthony J. Conti, Sheldon S. Gordon, Charles D. Klein,
Steven W. Kohlhagen, James R. Malone, David P. Steinmann, Elizabeth R. Varet and Dennis K.
Williams, has no material relationship with us (either directly or as a partner, stockholder
or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us) and, therefore, is an
independent Director within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules. The Board has
further determined that each member of the Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance/
Nominating Committees is independent within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules.
The members of the Audit Committee also satisfy Securities and Exchange Commission regulatory
independence requirements for audit committee members.
The Board has established the following standards to assist it in determining Director
independence: A Director will not be deemed independent if: (i) within the previous three
years or currently, (a) the Director has been employed by us; (b) someone in the Directors
immediate family has been employed by us as an executive officer; or (c) the Director or
someone in her/his immediate family has been employed as an executive officer of another
entity that concurrently has or had as a member of its compensation committee of the board of
directors any of our present executive officers; (ii) (a) the Director is a current partner or
employee of a firm that is the Companys internal or external auditor; (b) someone in the
Directors immediate family is a current partner of such a firm; (c) someone in the Directors
immediate family is a current employee of such a firm and personally works on the Companys
audit; or (d) the Director or someone in the Directors immediate family is a former partner
or employee of such a firm and personally worked on the Companys audit within the last three
years; (iii) the Director received, or someone in the Directors immediate family received,
during any twelve-month period within the last three years, more than $120,000 in direct
compensation from us, other than Director and committee fees and pension or other forms of
deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any
way on continued service) and, in the case of an immediate family member, other than
compensation for service as our employee (other than an executive officer). The following
commercial or charitable relationships will not be considered material relationships: (i) if
the Director is a current employee or holder of more than ten percent of the equity of, or
someone in her/his immediate family is a current executive officer or holder of more than ten
percent of the equity of, another company that has made payments to, or received payments from
us for property or services in an amount which, in any of the last three fiscal years of the
other company, does not exceed $1 million or two percent of the other companys consolidated
gross revenues, whichever is greater, or (ii) if the Director is a current executive officer
of a charitable organization, and we made charitable contributions to the charitable
organization in any of the charitable organizations last three fiscal years that do not
exceed $1 million or two percent of the charitable
3
organizations consolidated gross revenues, whichever is greater. For the purposes of these
categorical standards, the terms immediate family member and executive officer have the
meanings set forth in the New York Stock Exchanges corporate governance rules.
All independent Directors satisfied these categorical standards.
Communication with Non-Management Directors and Audit Committee. Stockholders and
other parties who wish to communicate with the Non-Management Directors may do so by calling
1-877-263-8357 (in the United States and Canada) or 1-610-889-5271. If you prefer to
communicate in writing, address your correspondence to the Corporate Secretary Department,
Attention: Non-Management Directors, AMETEK, Inc., 1100 Cassatt Road, P.O. Box 1764, Berwyn,
PA 19312-1177.
You may address complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing
matters to the Audit Committee by calling 1-866-531-3079 (Domestic English only) or
1-866-551-8006 (International Other Languages).
Committees of the Board. Our Board Committees include Audit, Compensation,
Corporate Governance/ Nominating, Pension Investment and Executive. The charters of the
Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance/ Nominating Committees are available at the
Investors section of www.ametek.com as well as in printed form, free of charge to any
stockholder who requests them, by writing or telephoning the Investor Relations Department,
AMETEK, Inc., 1100 Cassatt Road, P.O. Box 1764, Berwyn, PA 19312-1177 (Telephone Number:
1-800-473-1286). Each of the Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance/Nominating
Committees conducts an annual assessment to assist it in evaluating whether, among other
things, it has sufficient information, resources and time to fulfill its obligations and
whether it is performing its obligations effectively. Each Committee may retain advisors to
assist it in carrying out its responsibilities.
The Audit Committee has the sole authority to retain, compensate, terminate, oversee
and evaluate our independent auditors. In addition, the Audit Committee is responsible for:
|
|
|
review and approval in advance of all audit and lawfully permitted non-audit
services performed by the independent auditors; |
|
|
|
|
review and discussion with management and the independent auditors regarding the
annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements included in our
Securities and Exchange Commission filings and quarterly sales and earnings
announcements; |
|
|
|
|
oversight of our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
|
review of the performance of our internal audit function; |
|
|
|
|
meeting separately with the independent auditors and our internal auditors as often
as deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee; and |
|
|
|
|
review of major issues regarding accounting principles, financial statement
presentation and the adequacy of internal controls. |
The Committee met eight times during 2010. The Board of Directors has determined that Sheldon
S. Gordon is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the Securities and
Exchange Commissions regulations. The members of the Committee are Sheldon S. Gordon
Chairperson, Anthony J. Conti, Steven W. Kohlhagen, James R. Malone and Dennis K. Williams.
The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
establishment and periodic review of our compensation philosophy and the adequacy
of the compensation plans for our officers and other employees; |
|
|
|
|
establishment of compensation arrangements and incentive goals for officers at the
Corporate Vice President level and above and administration of compensation plans; |
|
|
|
|
review of the performance of officers at the Corporate Vice President level and
above and award of incentive compensation, exercising discretion and adjusting
compensation arrangements as appropriate; |
|
|
|
|
review and monitoring of management development and succession plans; and |
4
|
|
|
periodic review of the compensation of non-employee Directors. |
The Committee met six times during 2010. The members of the Committee are Charles D. Klein
Chairperson, James R. Malone and Elizabeth R. Varet. In carrying out its duties, the
Compensation Committee made compensation decisions for 37 officers as of December 31, 2010,
including all executive officers. The charter provides that, in setting compensation for the
Chief Executive Officer, the Committee will review and evaluate the Chief Executive Officers
performance and leadership, taking into account the views of other members of the Board. The
charter further provides that, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer, the
Committee evaluates the performance of other officers and determines compensation for these
officers. In this regard, Compensation Committee meetings are regularly attended by the Chief
Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer does not participate in the determination of
his compensation. The Compensation Committee has authority under the charter to retain and
set compensation for compensation consultants and other advisors that the Committee may
engage. The Compensation Committee charter does not provide for delegation of the Committees
duties and responsibilities other than to one or more members of the Committee when
appropriate.
Management engaged Towers Watson, until October 1, 2010, to provide executive and director
compensation and Companywide benefits consulting services. Thereafter, management engaged Pay
Governance to provide executive and director compensation consulting services. Pay Governance
provided no other services for the Company. Fees incurred for executive and director
compensation services provided by Towers Watson as described below totaled $42,629. Fees
incurred globally for services provided by Towers Watson in connection with our broad-based
employee benefits programs totaled $797,587. Towers Watson does not make specific
recommendations on the form or amount of executive or director compensation.
We ask Towers Watson to provide comparative data regarding compensation levels for seasoned
managers who have job functions and responsibilities that are similar to those of our senior
managers. Specifically, we ask Towers Watson to compare our senior managers compensation to
the 50th percentile of compensation for similarly positioned senior managers in a
general industry group (consisting of over 500 companies that have chosen to participate in a
Towers Watson survey). Based on this data, our human resources department develops summaries
for the Compensation Committee, indicating competitive compensation levels for our senior
managers that would correspond to the 50th percentile, thereby assisting the
Compensation Committee in its evaluation of our most senior managers compensation. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis 2010 Compensation Determination of Competitive
Compensation for further information.
The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
selection of nominees for election as Directors, subject to ratification by the
Board; |
|
|
|
|
recommendation of a Director to serve as Chairperson of the Board; |
|
|
|
|
recommendation to the Board of the responsibilities of Board Committees and each
Committees membership; |
|
|
|
|
oversight of the annual evaluation of the Board and the Audit and Compensation
Committees; and |
|
|
|
|
review and assessment of the adequacy of our Corporate Governance Guidelines. |
The Committee met four times during 2010. The members of the Committee are James R. Malone
Chairperson, Charles D. Klein, David P. Steinmann and Dennis K. Williams.
The Pension Investment Committee reviews the administration of our retirement plans, including
compliance, investment manager and trustee performance, and the results of independent audits
of the plans. The Committee met five times during 2010. The members of the Committee are
Steven W. Kohlhagen Chairperson, Sheldon S. Gordon and David P. Steinmann.
The Executive Committee has limited powers to act on behalf of the Board whenever the Board is
not in session. The Committee met one time during 2010. The members of the Committee are
Frank S. Hermance Chairperson, Charles D. Klein, Elizabeth R. Varet and Dennis K. Williams.
5
Board Leadership Structure. We currently utilize the traditional U.S. board
leadership structure, under which our Chief Executive Officer also serves as Chairman of the
Board of Directors. We believe that this leadership structure is in the best interests of our
Company. The CEO serves as a bridge between management and the Board, ensuring that both
groups act with a common purpose. Having one person serve as both CEO and Chairman of the
Board provides clear leadership for our Company, with a single person setting the tone and
having primary responsibility for managing our operations. Splitting the role of CEO and
Chairman of the Board would create the potential for confusion or duplication of efforts, and
would weaken our Companys ability to develop and implement strategy. In contrast, we believe
that our Companys current leadership structure with the combined Chairman/CEO leadership role
enhances the Chairman/CEOs ability to provide insight and direction on important strategic
initiatives to both management and the independent Directors.
In addition, our Board and Committee composition ensures independence and protects against too
much power being placed with the Chairman and CEO. Currently, all of our Directors (other
than Mr. Hermance) and each member of the Audit, Corporate Governance/Nominating and
Compensation Committees meet the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and
our Corporate Governance Guidelines categorical standards for determining Director
independence. Pursuant to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, each independent Director has
the ability to raise questions directly with management and request topics be placed on Board
agendas for discussion. Currently, independent Directors directly oversee such critical
matters as the integrity of the Companys financial statements, the compensation of executive
management, the selection and evaluation of Directors and the development and implementation
of the Companys corporate governance policies and structures. Further, the Compensation
Committee conducts an annual performance review of the Chairman and CEO and, based upon this
review, approves the CEOs annual compensation, including salary, bonus, incentive and equity
compensation.
We do not have a designated lead independent Director. It is our policy that independent
Directors meet in executive session at least once a year outside of the presence of any
management Directors or any other members of our management. The presiding Director at the
executive sessions rotates among the chairpersons of the Corporate Governance/Nominating
Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee. This policy provides for
leadership at all meetings or executive sessions without making it necessary to designate a
lead Director who would be required to expend substantial extra time in order to perform these
same duties.
Risk Oversight. In accordance with New York Stock Exchange rules and our Audit
Committees charter, our Audit Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing risk
management for the Company. Nevertheless, our entire Board of Directors, and each other
Committee of the Board, is actively involved in overseeing risk management. Our Board of
Directors, and each of its Committees, regularly consider various potential risks at their
meetings during discussion of the Companys operations and consideration of matters for
approval. In addition, the Company has an active risk management program. A committee
composed of senior executives, including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial
Officer, the Comptroller and the Group Presidents, meets several times a year to review our
internal risks, including those relating to our operations, strategy, financial condition,
compliance and employees, and our external risks, including those relating to our markets,
geographic locations, regulatory environment and economic outlook. The committee analyzes
various potential risks for severity, likelihood and manageability, and develops action plans
to address those risks. The committee presents its findings to the Audit Committee of the
Board on a quarterly basis and to the full Board of Directors annually.
Consideration of Director Candidates. The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee
seeks candidates for Director positions who help create a collective membership on the Board
with varied backgrounds, experience, skills, knowledge and perspective. In addition,
Directors should have experience in positions with a high degree of responsibility, be leaders
in the companies or institutions with which they are affiliated, and be selected based upon
contributions that they can make to the Company. The Committee also seeks a Board that
reflects diversity, including but not limited to race, gender, ethnicity, age and experience.
This is implemented by the Committee when it annually considers diversity in the composition
of the Board prior to recommending candidates for nomination as Directors. The Committee
solicits input from Directors regarding their views on the sufficiency of Board diversity.
This occurs through the annual self-assessment process. The Committee assesses the
effectiveness of Board diversity by considering the various skills, experiences, knowledge,
backgrounds and perspectives of the members of the Board of Directors. The Committee then
considers whether the Board possesses, in its judgment, a sufficient diversity of those
attributes.
6
Stockholders can recommend qualified candidates for Director by writing to the Corporate
Secretary, AMETEK, Inc., 1100 Cassatt Road, P.O. Box 1764, Berwyn, PA 19312-1177. Stockholder
submissions must include the following information: (1) the name of the candidate and the
information about the individual that would be required to be included in a proxy statement
under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (2) information about the
relationship between the candidate and the recommending shareholder; (3) the consent of the
candidate to serve as a Director; and (4) proof of the number of shares of our Common Stock
that the recommending stockholder owns and the length of time that the shares have been owned.
To enable consideration of a candidate in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting, a
stockholder must submit materials relating to the recommended candidate no later than
November 24, 2011. In considering any candidate proposed by a stockholder, the Corporate
Governance/Nominating Committee will reach a conclusion based on the criteria described above
in the same manner as for other candidates. The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee
also may seek additional information regarding the candidate. After full consideration by the
Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee, the stockholder proponent will be notified of the
decision of the Committee.
Director Compensation. Standard compensation arrangements for Directors in 2010 are
described below. All information regarding restricted stock and stock options has been adjusted to
reflect the three-for-two stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010.
|
|
|
Fees Non-employee Directors received an annual fee of $55,000, except for the
Chairmen of the Compensation, Corporate Governance/Nominating and Pension Investment
Committees, who received an annual fee of $62,500, and the Chairman of the Audit
Committee, who received an annual fee of $75,000. Mr. Conti, who was appointed to the
Board on July 29, 2010, received $27,500 which was the pro rata portion of the annual
fee. In addition, non-employee Directors received $3,750 for each of the four
in-person meetings of the Board of Directors they attended. There were no additional
fees for attendance at the Board meetings held by telephone or Committee meetings. |
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock On April 29, 2010, under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Compensation Plan, each non-employee Director, except Mr. Conti, received a restricted
stock award of 1,860 shares of our Common Stock. These restricted shares vest on the
earliest to occur of: |
|
|
|
the closing price of our Common Stock on any five consecutive trading days
equaling or exceeding $58.76, |
|
|
|
|
the death or disability of the Director, |
|
|
|
|
the Directors termination of service as a member of AMETEKs Board of
Directors in connection with a change of control, |
|
|
|
|
the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, namely April 29, 2014,
provided the Director has served continuously through that date, or |
|
|
|
|
the Directors retirement from service as a member of the Board of
Directors at or after age 55 and the completion of at least 10 years of
service with us, in which case only a pro rata portion of the shares becomes
non-forfeitable and transferable, based upon the time that has elapsed since
the date of grant. |
|
|
|
Restricted Stock On July 29, 2010, under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation
Plan, Mr. Conti received a restricted stock award of 1,032 shares of our Common Stock.
These restricted shares vest on the earliest to occur of: |
|
|
|
the closing price of our Common Stock on any five consecutive trading days
equaling or exceeding $58.87, |
|
|
|
|
the death or disability of Mr. Conti, |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Contis termination of service as a member of AMETEKs Board of
Directors in connection with a change of control, |
|
|
|
|
the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, namely July 29, 2014, provided
Mr. Conti has served continuously through that date, or |
7
|
|
|
Mr. Contis retirement from service as a member of the Board of Directors
at or after age 55 and the completion of at least 10 years of service with us,
in which case only a pro rata portion of the shares becomes non-forfeitable
and transferable, based upon the time that has elapsed since the date of
grant. |
|
|
|
Restricted Stock Vesting On April 26, 2010, the 4-year cliff vesting of the
restricted stock granted on April 26, 2006 to Messrs. Gordon, Klein, Kohlhagen,
Malone, Steinmann and Williams and Ms. Varet occurred. The total value realized on
vesting is equal to (1) the closing price per share of our Common Stock on April 26,
2010 ($28.83), multiplied by the number of shares acquired on vesting, minus the par
value per share paid by the named executive, (2) the dividends accrued since the date
of award, and (3) the interest accrued on these dividends. |
|
|
|
|
Options On April 29, 2010, under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan,
each non-employee Director, except Mr. Conti, received an option to purchase 5,055
shares of our Common Stock, at an exercise price equal to the closing price of
AMETEKs Common Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange consolidated tape on
that date. Stock options become exercisable as to the underlying shares in four equal
annual installments beginning one year after the date of grant. |
|
|
|
|
Options On July 29, 2010, under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan,
Mr. Conti received an option to purchase 3,171 shares of our Common Stock, at an
exercise price equal to the closing price of AMETEKs Common Stock, as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange consolidated tape on that date. Stock options become
exercisable as to the underlying shares in four equal annual installments beginning
one year after the date of grant. |
The following table provides information regarding Director compensation in 2010, which
reflects the standard compensation described above and certain other payments. The table does
not include compensation for reimbursement of travel expenses related to attending Board,
Committee and AMETEK business meetings, and approved educational seminars. In addition, the
table does not address compensation for Mr. Hermance, which is addressed under Executive
Compensation beginning on page 22. Mr. Hermance does not receive additional compensation for
serving as a Director.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity |
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid in |
|
Stock |
|
Option |
|
Incentive Plan |
|
Compensation |
|
All Other |
|
|
Name |
|
Cash |
|
Awards (1) |
|
Awards (2) |
|
Compensation |
|
Earnings |
|
Compensation |
|
Total |
Anthony J. Conti |
|
$ |
31,250 |
|
|
$ |
30,375 |
|
|
$ |
22,599 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
103 |
|
|
$ |
84,327 |
|
Sheldon S. Gordon |
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157,700 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
341,949 |
|
Charles D. Klein |
|
|
77,500 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
206,900 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
378,649 |
|
Steven W. Kohlhagen |
|
|
77,500 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
171,749 |
|
James R. Malone |
|
|
77,500 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245,900 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
417,649 |
|
David P. Steinmann |
|
|
66,250 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,000 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
297,499 |
|
Elizabeth R. Varet |
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,100 |
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
375,349 |
|
Dennis K. Williams |
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
54,647 |
|
|
|
38,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,285 |
|
|
|
164,249 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts shown for stock awards relate to restricted shares granted under our 2007
Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. These amounts are equal to the grant date fair
value, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting
Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation Stock Compensation, which we refer to
below as ASC 718, but without giving effect to estimated forfeitures related to
service-based vesting conditions. At December 31, 2010, Messrs. Gordon, Klein,
Kohlhagen, Malone, Steinmann and Williams and Ms. Varet each held 7,275 restricted shares
and Mr. Conti held 1,032 restricted shares. |
|
(2) |
|
The amounts shown for option awards relate to stock options granted under our 2007
Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. These amounts are equal to the grant date fair
value, computed in accordance with ASC 718, but without giving effect to estimated
forfeitures. The assumptions used in determining the amounts in this column are set
forth in Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements on page 40 of Appendix B to
this proxy statement. At December 31, 2010, Messrs. Gordon, Klein and Malone and Ms.
Varet each held options |
8
|
|
|
|
|
to purchase 41,932 shares of our Common Stock, Mr. Steinmann held
options to purchase 31,638 shares of our
Common Stock, Messrs. Kohlhagen and Williams each held options to purchase 28,207 shares of
our Common Stock and Mr. Conti held options to purchase 3,171 shares of our Common Stock. |
Directors who first became members of the Board of Directors prior to January 1, 1997
participate in a retirement plan for Directors. Under this plan, each non-employee Director
who has provided at least three years of service to us as a Director receives an annual
retirement benefit equal to 100% of that Directors highest annual rate of cash compensation
during the Directors service with the Board. Mr. Steinmann has accrued an annual retirement
benefit of $66,250. Ms. Varet has accrued an annual retirement benefit of $70,000. Messrs.
Klein and Malone have accrued an annual retirement benefit of $77,500. Mr. Gordon has accrued
an annual retirement benefit of $90,000.
Directors who first became members of the Board of Directors prior to July 22, 2004
participate in our Death Benefit Program for Directors. Messrs. Gordon, Klein, Malone and
Steinmann and Ms. Varet participate in this program. Under this program, each non-employee
Director has an individual agreement that pays the Director (or the Directors beneficiary in
the event of the Directors death) an annual amount equal to 100% of that Directors highest
annual rate of cash compensation during the Directors service with the Board. The payments
are made for 10 years beginning at the earlier of (a) the Directors being retired and having
attained age 70 or (b) the Directors death. The program is funded by individual life
insurance policies that we purchased on the lives of the Directors. In addition, non-employee
Directors who first became members of the Board of Directors prior to July 27, 2005 have a
group term life insurance benefit of $50,000. We retain the right to terminate any of the
individual agreements under certain circumstances.
Directors, on or after June 1, 2011, will be able to participate in a deferred compensation
plan for Directors. Under this plan, a Director may defer payment of his or her fees. In
advance of the year in which the fees will be paid, a Director may elect to defer all or part
of his or her fees into a notional investment in our Common Stock, in an interest-bearing
account, or in both. A Director generally may elect to have the value of his or her account
distributed following retirement, either in a lump sum or in up to five annual installments,
or in the form of an in-service distribution, payable either in a lump sum or in up to five
annual installments commencing on a date specified by the Director in his or her distribution
election. Payments may commence sooner upon the Directors earlier separation from service,
upon the death of the Director, in the event of an unforeseeable financial emergency or upon a
change of control. Payments from the notional Common Stock fund are made in shares of our
Common Stock, while payments from the interest-bearing account are paid in cash.
Mandatory Retirement. The retirement policy for our Board of Directors prohibits a
Director from standing for re-election following his or her 75th birthday.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. Mr. Hermances son is employed by
us in a non-executive officer capacity as a Divisional Vice President and received total
compensation, as such amount is calculated for the named executive officers in the Summary
Compensation Table on page 29, of approximately $375,000 in 2010.
Under our written Related Party Transactions Policy, transactions that would require
disclosure under SEC regulations must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee.
Applicable SEC regulations generally require disclosure of all transactions since the
beginning of a corporations last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction,
exceeding $120,000 in which the corporation or any of its subsidiaries is participating and in
which any of the following related persons had, or will have, a direct or indirect material
interest: (1) any of the corporations directors, director nominees, or executive officers,
(2) any beneficial owner of more than 5% of the corporations common stock and (3) any member
of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons. The term immediate family includes
a persons spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and
fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law, and any person
(other than a tenant or employee) sharing the same household as the person.
Prior to entering into a transaction covered by the policy, the person proposing to enter into
the transaction must provide a notice to our Vice President Corporate Compliance and
Auditing, who must promptly forward the notice to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.
Following such inquiry as the Audit Committee deems appropriate, the transaction is
permissible if the Audit Committee finds that, notwithstanding the involvement of a related
person, there is an appropriate business reason to approve the transaction.
The transaction described above was ratified by the Audit Committee under the policy.
9
ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES
In accordance with our By-Laws, stockholders must give us notice relating to nominations
for Director or proposed business to be considered at our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
no earlier than January 2, 2012 and no later than February 1, 2012. These requirements do not
affect the deadline for submitting stockholder proposals for inclusion in the proxy statement
or for recommending candidates for consideration by the Corporate Governance/Nominating
Committee, nor do they apply to questions a stockholder may wish to ask at the Annual Meeting.
Stockholders may request a copy of the By-Law provisions discussed above from the Corporate
Secretary, AMETEK, Inc., 1100 Cassatt Road, P.O. Box 1764, Berwyn, PA 19312-1177.
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 2012 PROXY STATEMENT
To be considered for inclusion in the proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, stockholder proposals must be received at our executive offices no later than
November 24, 2011.
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its charter, which is
accessible at the Investors section of www.ametek.com. Among other things, the charter
charges the Committee with the responsibility for reviewing AMETEKs audited financial
statements and the financial reporting process. In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities,
the Committee reviewed with management and Ernst & Young LLP, AMETEKs independent registered
public accounting firm, the audited financial statements contained in AMETEKs 2010 Annual
Report on Form 10-K and included in Appendix B to this Proxy Statement. The Committee
discussed with Ernst & Young LLP the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing
Standards No. 61, Communication with Audit Committees, as amended.
In addition, the Committee received the written disclosures and letter from Ernst & Young LLP
required by Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Rule 3526, Communication with Audit
Committees Concerning Independence, and has discussed with Ernst & Young LLP its independence.
The Committee discussed with AMETEKs internal auditors and Ernst & Young LLP the overall
scope and plans for their respective audits. The Committee met with the internal auditors and
Ernst & Young LLP, with and without management present, to discuss the results of their
examinations, their evaluations of AMETEKs disclosure control process and internal control
over financial reporting, and the overall quality of AMETEKs financial reporting. The
Committee held eight meetings during 2010, which included telephone meetings prior to
quarterly earnings announcements.
Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Committee recommended to the Board
of Directors, and the Board approved, the inclusion of the audited financial statements in
AMETEKs Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, for filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Respectfully submitted,
The Audit Committee:
Sheldon S. Gordon, Chairperson
Anthony J. Conti
Steven W. Kohlhagen
James R. Malone
Dennis K. Williams
Dated: March 25, 2011
10
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
(Proposal 1 on Proxy Card)
The nominees for election at this years Annual Meeting are Anthony J. Conti and Frank S.
Hermance. Messrs. Conti and Hermance have been nominated to serve as Class II Directors and, if
elected, will serve until the Annual Meeting in 2014.
All proxies received will be voted for the election of the nominees unless the stockholder
submitting the proxy gives other instructions. Nominees will be elected by holders of a
plurality of shares represented either in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting and entitled
to vote. If any nominee is unable to serve, the shares represented by all valid proxies will be
voted for the election of such other person as the Board may nominate, unless the Board
determines to reduce the number of Directors.
The Directors biographies are set forth on page 20.
Your Board of Directors Recommends a Vote FOR Each of the Nominees.
APPROVAL OF THE AMETEK, INC. 2011
OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
(Proposal 2 on Proxy Card)
On February 2, 2011, the Board of Directors adopted the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive
Compensation Plan (the Plan), subject to stockholder approval. The Board of Directors has
directed that the proposal to approve the Plan be submitted to our stockholders for their approval
at the Annual Meeting.
We believe that the Plan will enhance our ability to attract, retain and motivate top quality
employees and encourage them to contribute to our growth. We also believe that the Plan will
enable us to continue to align the interests of our employees and Directors with those of our
stockholders through the grant to employees and Directors of stock options, stock units, stock
awards or stock appreciation rights under the Plan.
The Plan is intended to enable the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to make annual
bonus awards to executives based on achievement of objective performance goals, in accordance with
the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
The Committee also may grant to executives other bonuses as the Committee deems appropriate, which
may be based on such criteria as the Committee determines. Decisions with respect to these bonuses
will be made separate and apart from the bonus awards intended to qualify under Section 162(m).
We intend to continue to grant stock options and other equity awards under our existing equity
plans, from the shares reserved for issuance under those plans.
If approved by the stockholders, the Plan will become effective on February 2, 2011. Any grant or
annual bonus award made under the Plan prior to the Annual Meeting will be subject to stockholder
approval of the Plan at the Annual Meeting. If for any reason the stockholders do not approve the
Plan at the Annual Meeting, the Plan will immediately terminate and no grants or bonus awards will
be made under the Plan.
The material terms of the Plan are summarized below. A copy of the full text of the Plan is
attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix A. This summary of the Plan is not intended to be a
complete description of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the Plan to
which reference is made.
11
Material Features of the Plan
General. The Plan provides that grants and awards may be made in any of the following forms:
|
|
|
Incentive stock options |
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified stock options |
|
|
|
|
Stock units |
|
|
|
|
Stock awards |
|
|
|
|
Stock appreciation rights |
|
|
|
|
Performance-based cash bonus awards |
The Plan authorizes up to 8,500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance. Within this limit, the
maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which stock awards, stock units
and dividend equivalents may be issued during the term of the Plan is 2,550,000 shares. The last
reported sale price of our Common Stock on February 28, 2011, was $41.95 per share.
If and to the extent options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan terminate, or are
cancelled or exchanged without being exercised, or if any stock units or stock awards are forfeited
or terminated, or otherwise not paid in full, the shares subject to such grants will become
available again for purposes of the Plan. Shares of Common Stock surrendered in payment of the
exercise price of an option, and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes, will not be
available for reissuance under the Plan. If stock appreciation rights are exercised, the full
number of shares subject to the stock appreciation rights will be considered issued under the Plan,
without regard to the number of shares issued upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights and
without regard to any cash settlement of the stock appreciation rights. A grant of stock units
that is designated in the grant agreement to be paid in cash, rather than in shares of Common
Stock, will not count against the foregoing share limits.
The Plan provides that the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
grants may be made to any individual during any calendar year is 2,975,000 shares. All grants
under the Plan will be expressed in shares of Common Stock.
All share limits described above are subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as described
below.
Administration. The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Compensation Committee, or
such other committee of non-employee Directors as may be appointed by the Board to administer the
Plan (the Committee). The Committee may appoint an administrative committee comprised of our
employees to perform ministerial functions under the Plan.
The Committee has the authority to (i) determine the individuals to whom grants or bonus awards
will be made under the Plan, (ii) determine the type, size, terms and conditions of the grants or
bonus awards, (iii) determine when grants or bonus awards will be made, subject to our stock-based
award grant practices, (iv) establish any performance goals for grants or bonus awards, (v)
determine the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for
exercisability or vesting and any acceleration of exercisability or vesting, (vi) amend the terms
and conditions of any previously issued grant or bonus award, subject to the limitations described
below, and (vii) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.
Eligibility for Participation. All of our employees and non-employee Directors are eligible to
receive grants under the Plan. As of February 28, 2011, we estimate that approximately 400
employees and eight non-employee Directors are designated to receive grants under the Plan. Only
executives are eligible to receive bonus awards under the Plan.
Types of Awards
Stock Options
We may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code (ISOs) or nonqualified stock options that are not intended to so
qualify (NQSOs). Anyone eligible to participate in the Plan may receive a grant of NQSOs. Only
employees may receive a grant of ISOs.
The Committee will fix the exercise price per share and term of each option on the date of grant.
The exercise price must be equal to or greater than the last reported sale price of the underlying
shares of Common Stock on the date of grant, and the term of each option may not exceed ten years.
The Committee will determine under what circumstances, if any, and during what time periods a
participant may exercise an option after termination of employment or service.
12
An ISO may not be granted to an employee who holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power
of all classes of outstanding stock. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of shares
of Common Stock, determined on the date of grant, with respect to which ISOs become exercisable for
the first time by a participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such ISOs will be
treated as NQSOs.
A participant may pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes for an option: (i) in cash; (ii)
if the Committee permits, by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned by the participant and
having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price or by attestation to
ownership of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value on the date of exercise
equal to the exercise price; (iii) by payment through a broker in accordance with the procedures
permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board; or (iv) by such other method as the
Committee may approve.
Stock Units
The Committee may grant stock units, which provide the participants with the right to receive, at a
future date, a share of Common Stock or an amount based on the value of a share of Common Stock.
The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of the stock units, including (i) whether
stock units will become payable based on achievement of performance goals or other conditions, and
(ii) whether stock units will be paid at the end of a specified period or deferred to a date
authorized by the Committee. However, in no event will the vesting period or performance period be
less than one year. The Committee will determine in the grant agreement under what circumstances,
if any, a participant may retain stock units after termination of employment or service. If a
stock unit becomes distributable, it will be paid to the participant in cash, in shares of Common
Stock, or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.
The Committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with stock units on such terms and
conditions as it determines. Dividend equivalents will be payable in cash or shares of Common
Stock and will be subject to the same restrictions as the stock units.
Stock Awards
The Committee may grant stock awards having such terms and conditions, including vesting
conditions, as the Committee determines. However, all stock awards must have a vesting period of
at least three years, except upon the occurrence of such circumstance or event as, in the opinion
of the Committee, merits special consideration. In no event will the vesting period be less than
one year if the restrictions are based upon specific performance goals. The Committee will
determine in the grant agreement under what circumstances, if any, a participant may retain
unvested stock awards after termination of employment or service.
The Committee will determine to what extent and under what conditions participants will have the
right to vote shares of Common Stock subject to stock awards and to receive dividends paid on such
shares during the restriction period. The Committee may determine that a participants entitlement
to dividends with respect to stock awards will be subject to the achievement of performance goals
or other conditions. Accumulated dividends may be paid in cash or in such other form as the
Committee determines.
Stock Appreciation Rights
The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights to anyone eligible to participate in the Plan.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with, or independently of, any option
granted under the Plan. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, the participant will receive
an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise
over the base amount for the stock appreciation right. Payment will be made in cash, shares of
Common Stock, or a combination of the two.
The Committee will fix the base amount and term of each stock appreciation right on the date of
grant. The base amount of each stock appreciation right will be not less than the last reported
sale price of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, and the term of each stock appreciation
right may not exceed ten years. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of stock
appreciation rights, including when they become exercisable. Except as provided in the grant
agreement, stock appreciation rights may be exercised only while the participant is employed by or
providing service to us and our subsidiaries. The Committee will determine under what
circumstances, if any, and during what time periods a participant may exercise a stock appreciation
right after termination of employment or service.
13
Qualified Performance-Based Compensation
The Plan permits the Committee to impose objective performance goals that must be met with respect
to grants of stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents or dividends granted to employees
under the Plan, in order for the grants to be considered qualified performance-based compensation
for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (see Federal Income Tax Consequences below). If the
Committee determines to utilize performance goals, the Committee will establish in writing the
performance goals that must be met, the applicable performance period, the amounts to be paid if
the performance goals are met, and any other conditions. The Committee may provide in the grant
agreement that qualified performance-based grants will be payable or restrictions on such grants
will lapse, in whole or part, in the event of the participants death or disability during the
performance period, a change of control, or under other circumstances consistent with Department of
Treasury regulations.
The performance goals, to the extent designed to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the
Code for preserving deductibility of award payouts, will be based on one or more of the following
measures: stock price, earnings per share, diluted earnings per share, price-earnings multiples,
net income, operating income, revenues, working capital, operating working capital, number of days
sales outstanding in accounts receivable, inventory turnover, productivity, operating income
margin, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), net capital
employed, return on assets, stockholder return, return on equity, return on capital employed,
growth in assets, unit volume, sales, sales growth, return on sales, internal sales growth,
operating cash flow, free cash flow, market share, relative performance to a comparison group
designated by the Committee, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives
based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, customer growth, geographic
business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. The
performance goals may relate to one or more business units or the performance of our Company and
subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing.
The Committee will not have the discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable,
but may reduce the amount of compensation that is payable under grants it designates as qualified
performance-based compensation. At the end of the performance period, the Committee will certify
the performance results for the performance period, and determine the amount, if any, to be paid
under each grant based on the achievement of the performance goals and the satisfaction of all
other terms of the grant agreement.
If dividend equivalents or dividends are granted as qualified performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Code, the participant may not accrue more than $500,000 of such dividend
equivalents or dividends during any calendar year.
Bonus Awards
In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may grant annual bonus awards under the Plan to
executives, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. The annual bonus
awards are intended to meet the requirements of qualified performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Code. Prior to, or soon after the beginning of, the performance period, the
Committee will select the executives who will be eligible for bonus awards, specify the annual
performance period and establish in writing the target bonus awards and performance goals for the
performance period. A participants target bonus award may provide for differing amounts to be
paid based on differing thresholds of performance. The performance goals will be based on one or
more of the measures described above under Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.
The Committee will not have the discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable
based on achievement of the performance goals, but may reduce the amount of compensation based upon
its assessment of personal performance or other factors. After the performance period ends, the
Committee will certify the performance results for the performance period, and determine the
amount, if any, to be paid under the bonus award, based on the achievement of the performance
goals, the Committees exercise of its discretion to reduce bonus awards and the satisfaction of
all other terms of the bonus award. If a change of control occurs prior to the end of a
performance period, the Committee may determine that each participant who is then an employee and
was awarded a target bonus award for the performance period may receive a bonus award for the
performance period, in such amount and at such time as the Committee determines.
The maximum bonus award designated as Section 162(m) qualified performance-based compensation
that may be payable to any participant under the Plan for an annual performance period is
$5,000,000.
14
In addition to bonus awards that are designated as Section 162(m) qualified performance-based
compensation, as described above, the Committee may grant to executives other bonuses that the
Committee deems appropriate, which may be based on individual performance, our Companys
performance or such other criteria as the Committee determines. Decisions with respect to such
bonuses shall be made separate and apart from the bonus awards described above.
Deferrals. The Committee may permit or require participants to defer receipt of the payment of
cash or the delivery of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be due to the participant in
connection with any grant or bonus award under the Plan. The Committee will establish the rules
and procedures applicable to any such deferrals.
Adjustment Provisions. In the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, spin-off,
recapitalization, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, reorganization,
consolidation or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock available for grants, the
various share limits described above, and the price per share or the applicable market value of
such grants will be equitably adjusted by the Committee in order to preclude, to the extent
practicable, the enlargement or dilution of the rights and benefits under such grants. Any
adjustment to outstanding grants will be consistent with specified provisions of the Code, to the
extent applicable.
Change of Control. In the event of a change of control, the Committee may take any of the
following actions with respect to any or all outstanding grants under the Plan: (i) determine that
all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will become fully exercisable, the
restrictions on all outstanding stock awards will lapse, and accumulated dividends will be paid, as
of the date of the change of control or at such other time as the Committee determines; (ii)
require that participants surrender their options and stock appreciation rights in exchange for
payment by us, in cash or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Committee in an amount equal
to the amount, if any, by which the then fair market value of the shares subject to the
participants unexercised options and stock appreciation rights exceeds the exercise price of the
options or the base amount of the stock appreciation rights, as applicable; (iii) after giving
participants the opportunity to exercise their options and stock appreciation rights, terminate any
or all unexercised options and stock appreciation rights at such time as the Committee determines
appropriate; (iv) determine that participants holding stock units will receive one or more payments
in settlement of such stock units and accumulated dividend equivalents, in such amount and form and
on such terms as the Committee determines; or (v) determine that any grants that remain outstanding
after the change of control will be converted to similar grants of the surviving corporation.
For purposes of the Plan, a change of control will be deemed to have occurred if one of the
following events occurs:
|
|
|
Any person or more than one person acting as a group acquires securities that, together
with securities held by such person or group of persons, represent 50% or more of the total
fair market value or total voting power of our securities, provided that a change of
control will not occur as a result of a transaction in which we become a subsidiary of
another corporation and in which our stockholders, immediately prior to the transaction,
will own shares representing more than 50% of the parent corporation. |
|
|
|
|
Any person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during
the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) securities
representing 30% or more of the voting power of our securities. |
|
|
|
|
A majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors
whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before appointment
or election. |
|
|
|
|
Any person or more than one person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period
ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) assets representing substantially all,
but no less than 40%, of the fair market value of the assets immediately prior to the
acquisition(s). |
Transferability of Grants. Only the participant may exercise rights under a grant during the
participants lifetime. A participant may not transfer those rights except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution. The Committee may provide, in a grant agreement, that a participant may
transfer NQSOs to his or her family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the
benefit of or owned by such family members, consistent with applicable securities laws, according
to such terms as the Committee may determine.
Bonus awards are not transferable. If a participant dies, any amounts payable after the
participants death under a bonus award will be paid to the personal representative or other person
entitled to succeed to the participants rights.
15
Participants Outside the United States. The Committee may modify awards granted to participants
who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures
under the Plan to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign
jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefits or other matters.
No Repricing of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. Neither the Board of Directors nor the
Committee can amend the Plan or options or stock appreciation rights previously granted under the
Plan to permit a repricing of options or stock appreciation rights, without prior stockholder
approval.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at
any time, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required under any applicable laws or
stock exchange requirements. The Plan will terminate on February 2, 2021, unless the Plan is
terminated earlier by the Board or is extended by the Board with stockholder approval.
Shareholder Approval for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. The Plan must be re-approved by
our stockholders no later than the first stockholders meeting that occurs in the fifth year
following the year in which the stockholders previously approved the Plan, if grants or bonus
awards designated as qualified performance-based compensation are to be made in the future.
Clawbacks. If we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to misconduct, any
participant who is determined by a Court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in, or failed to
prevent, the misconduct, will be required to repay proceeds from the sale of shares issued upon
exercise of a stock option or stock appreciation right, or vesting of restricted stock or stock
unit, occurring during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the
Securities and Exchange Commission of the financial statements required to be restated.
Grants and Bonus Awards Under the Plan. No equity grants have been made under the Plan. Grants
under the Plan are discretionary, so it currently is not possible to predict the number of shares
of Common Stock that will be granted or who will receive grants under the Plan after the Annual
Meeting.
New Plan Benefits
The following table shows the maximum dollar value of outstanding performance-based cash award
opportunities that would have been granted under the Plan had it been in effect in 2010. These
amounts represent the maximum dollar value of performance-based award opportunities that could have
been paid to each of the executives identified in the table below for the annual performance period
that commenced on January 1, 2010. The actual amounts paid to these executives are described in
footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table. As of the date of this proxy statement, we have not
yet established the maximum dollar value of performance-based cash award opportunities for
executives under the plan for the annual performance period commencing on January 1, 2011. We
anticipate that these awards will be granted only to the executives identified in the table as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Maximum Dollar Value of |
Name and Position |
|
Outstanding Award Opportunities |
Frank S. Hermance, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
|
$ |
2,000,000 |
|
John J. Molinelli, Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
643,500 |
|
David A. Zapico, President Electronic Instruments |
|
|
497,250 |
|
Timothy N.
Jones, President Electromechanical Group |
|
|
484,250 |
|
John W. Hardin, President Electronic Instruments |
|
|
468,000 |
|
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The federal income tax consequences of grants under the Plan will depend on the type of grant. The
following is only a general description of the application of federal income tax laws to grants and
bonus awards under the Plan. This discussion is intended for the information of stockholders
considering how to vote at the Annual Meeting; it is not intended to provide tax guidance to
participants, as the consequences may vary with the types of grants or bonus awards made, the
identity of the participants and the method of payment or settlement. In addition, the discussion
relates to federal income tax laws as in effect on the date of this proxy statement, and these laws
are subject to change. The summary does not address the effects of other federal taxes (including
possible golden parachute excise taxes) or taxes imposed under state, local, or foreign tax laws.
16
From the participants standpoint, as a general rule, ordinary income will be recognized at the
time of delivery of shares of Common Stock or payment of cash under the Plan. Future appreciation
on shares of Common Stock held beyond the ordinary income recognition event will be taxable as
capital gain when the shares of Common Stock are sold. The tax rate applicable to capital gain
will depend upon how long the participant holds the shares. Exceptions to these general rules
arise under the following circumstances:
(i) If shares of Common Stock, when delivered, are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
by reason of any employment or performance-related condition, ordinary income taxation and our tax
deduction will be delayed until the risk of forfeiture lapses, unless the participant makes a
special election to accelerate taxation under Section 83(b) of the Code.
(ii) If an employee exercises a stock option that qualifies as an ISO, no ordinary income will
be recognized, and we will not be entitled to any tax deduction, if shares of Common Stock acquired
upon exercise of the stock option are held until the later of (A) one year from the date of
exercise and (B) two years from the date of grant. However, if the employee disposes of the shares
acquired upon exercise of an ISO before satisfying both holding period requirements, the employee
will recognize ordinary income to the extent of the difference between the fair market value of the
shares on the date of exercise (or the amount realized on the disposition, if less) and the
exercise price, and we will be entitled to a tax deduction in that amount. The gain, if any, in
excess of the amount recognized as ordinary income will be long-term or short-term capital gain,
depending upon the length of time the employee held the shares before the disposition.
(iii) A grant may be subject to a 20% tax, in addition to ordinary income tax, at the time the
grant becomes vested, plus interest, if the grant constitutes deferred compensation under Section
409A of the Code and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code are not satisfied.
We, as a general rule, will be entitled to a tax deduction that corresponds in time and amount to
the ordinary income recognized by the participant, and we will not be entitled to any tax deduction
with respect to capital gain income recognized by the participant.
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a publicly held corporations tax deduction for
compensation paid to its chief executive officer or any of its three other most highly compensated
officers (other than the chief financial officer) in excess of $1 million in any year. Qualified
performance-based compensation is excluded from the $1 million deductibility limit, and therefore
remains fully deductible by the corporation that pays it. The terms of the Plan are designed to
qualify options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan as qualified performance-based
compensation. Stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, dividends and bonus awards granted
under the Plan may qualify as qualified performance-based compensation if the Committee conditions
such grants on the achievement of specific performance goals in accordance with the requirements of
Section 162(m) of the Code.
We have the right to require that participants pay to us an amount necessary for us to satisfy our
federal, state, local or foreign tax withholding obligations with respect to grants and bonus
awards. We may withhold from other amounts payable to a participant an amount necessary to satisfy
these obligations. The Committee may permit a participant to satisfy our withholding obligation
with respect to grants paid in Common Stock by having shares withheld, at the time the grants
become taxable, provided that the number of shares withheld does not exceed the individuals
minimum applicable withholding tax rate for federal, state, local or foreign tax liabilities.
Vote Required for Approval
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present at the Annual Meeting, in
person or by proxy and voting on the matter is required to approve the Plan.
Your Board of Directors Recommends a Vote FOR Approval of the Plan.
17
ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
(Proposal 3 on Proxy Card)
Recently enacted federal legislation (Section 14A of the Exchange Act) requires that we
include in this proxy statement a non-binding stockholder vote on our executive compensation as
described in this proxy statement (commonly referred to as Say-on-Pay). Our Board has had a
long-standing commitment to good corporate governance and recognizes the interest that investors
have in executive compensation. We also are committed to achieving a high level of total return
to our stockholders.
We encourage you to review the Compensation Discussion and Analysis on pages 22-28. We believe
that our compensation program is designed to attract, motivate and retain the talent required to
achieve the short- and long-term performance goals necessary to create shareholder value. Our
balanced approach to executive compensation through a combination of base pay, annual incentives
and long-term incentives, with a mix of cash and non-cash awards, aligns with creating and
sustaining stockholder value. The result of our compensation program is reflected in the total
return to our stockholders.
In 2010, our Companys total return to stockholders, including cash and stock dividends, was 55%
compared with 16% for the Russell 1000 and 34% for the Dow Jones U.S. Electronic Equipment
Index. For the last three years ended December 31, 2010, our total return to stockholders has
been 28% compounded annually as compared to -7% for the Russell 1000 and 14% for the Dow Jones
Electronic Equipment Index. When compared to the total stockholder returns generated by Towers
Watsons general industry group used for compensation comparisons (see page 22), our Companys
total stockholder returns were in the top quartile for the one-, three- and five-year periods.
Our executive team also successfully managed our Company through the recent dramatic economic
downturn, positioning us for growth in 2010 and the future. For the year ended December 31,
2010, we grew our revenues by 18% and our earnings by 38%, resulting in the most profitable year
in the history of our Company.
The Board strongly endorses the Companys executive compensation program and recommends that the
stockholders vote in favor of the following resolution:
RESOLVED, that the stockholders approve the compensation of the Companys executives named in
the Summary Compensation Table, as disclosed pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of
the Securities and Exchange Commission (which disclosure includes the Compensation Discussion
and Analysis and the accompanying compensation tables and related material disclosed in this
Proxy Statement).
Although the vote is non-binding, our Board and Compensation Committee will take into account
the outcome of the vote when making future decisions about the Companys executive compensation
policies and procedures.
Your Board of Directors Recommends a Vote FOR the Approval of the Companys Executive
Compensation.
ADVISORY VOTE ON THE FREQUENCY OF THE
ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
(Proposal 4 on Proxy Card)
Recently enacted federal legislation (Section 14A of the Exchange Act) also requires that
we include in this proxy statement a separate non-binding stockholder vote to advise on whether
the Say-on-Pay vote should occur every one, two or three years. The Board asks that you support
a frequency period of every three years (a triennial vote) for future non-binding stockholder
votes on executive compensation. Historically, stockholders have approved our incentive pay
programs approximately every five years. This has served both our Company and our stockholders
well, ensuring a direct alignment between executive compensation and our financial performance.
For the last three years ended
December 31, 2010, our total return to stockholders has been 28% compounded annually as compared
to -7% for the Russell 1000 and 14% for the Dow Jones Electronic Equipment Index. Similarly,
for the last five years ended December 31, 2010, our stockholders have been rewarded with a 16%
compounded annual return, as compared with 3% for the Russell 1000 and 9% for the Dow Jones U.S.
Electronic Equipment Index.
18
We believe a triennial vote will align more closely with the multi-year performance measurement
cycle our Company uses to reward long-term performance, as well as with the cyclicality of the
industrial markets we serve. Our executive compensation programs are based on our long-term
business strategy, which is more appropriately reflected with a three-year time frame.
You may cast your vote on your preferred voting frequency by choosing the option of one year,
two years, three years or abstain from voting when you vote in response to the resolution set
forth below.
RESOLVED, that the option of once every one year, two years, or three years that receives the
highest number of votes cast for this resolution will be determined to be the stockholders
preferred frequency with which the Company is to hold a stockholder vote to approve the
compensation of the named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to the Securities and
Exchange Commissions compensation disclosure rules (which disclosure shall include the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Summary Compensation Table, and the other related
tables and disclosure).
Because this vote is advisory and not binding on the Board of Directors or the Company in any
way, the Board may decide that it is in the best interests of our stockholders and us to hold an
advisory vote on executive compensation more or less frequently than the option selected by our
stockholders.
Your Board of Directors Recommends a Vote to Conduct an Advisory Vote on Executive
Compensation every Three Years.
RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
(Proposal 5 on Proxy Card)
The Audit Committee has appointed the firm of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent
registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. Ernst & Young
LLP and its predecessor has served continuously as our independent auditors since our
incorporation in 1930. Although action by stockholders on this matter is not required, the
Audit Committee believes that it is appropriate to seek stockholder ratification of this
appointment, and the Audit Committee may reconsider the appointment if the stockholders do not
ratify it.
Fees billed to us by Ernst & Young LLP for services rendered in 2010 and 2009 totaled $5,750,000
and $4,410,000 respectively, and consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Audit fees |
|
$ |
4,186,000 |
|
|
$ |
4,251,000 |
|
Audit-related fees |
|
|
258,000 |
|
|
|
54,000 |
|
Tax fees |
|
|
1,304,000 |
|
|
|
103,000 |
|
All other fees |
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
5,750,000 |
|
|
$ |
4,410,000 |
|
Audit fees includes amounts for statutory audits and attestation services related to our
internal control over financial reporting for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
The amounts shown for Audit-related fees primarily include fees for audits of employee benefit
plans and due diligence in connection with acquisitions.
The amounts shown for Tax fees relate to federal and state tax advice, acquisition tax
planning, assistance with international tax compliance and international tax consulting.
The amounts shown for All other fees primarily relate to online accounting research
subscriptions.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of eligible shares present at the Annual
Meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting on the matter is required to ratify the appointment
of Ernst & Young LLP.
Representatives of Ernst & Young LLP will be present at the Annual Meeting. They will have an
opportunity to make a statement if they desire and will be available to respond to appropriate
questions.
Your Board of Directors Recommends a Vote FOR Ratification.
19
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
As discussed under Consideration of Director Candidates, the Corporate Governance/Nominating
Committee analyzes a number of factors when considering Directors for selection to the Board. Each
of our Directors has been selected based on their demonstrated leadership and significant
experience in areas significant to our Company; ability to offer advice and guidance based upon
that experience and expertise; sound business judgment; and character and integrity that support
the core values of the Company. The biographic information set forth below includes a description
of each Directors background that supported the Boards consideration of that Director for
nomination. Unless we indicate otherwise, each Director has maintained the principal occupation
and directorships described below for more than five years.
|
|
|
Class II: Nominees for election at this Annual Meeting for terms expiring in 2014: |
|
|
|
ANTHONY J. CONTI
Director since 2010
Age 62
|
|
Mr. Conti is retired from his position as
a Partner (from October 1980 to December
2009) of PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr.
Conti brings to the Board expertise in
financial accounting, finance, strategy,
risk management and human resources
management with his over 35 years
experience at a public accounting firm. |
|
|
|
FRANK S. HERMANCE
Director since 1999
Age 62
|
|
Mr. Hermance is Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of AMETEK. Mr.
Hermance brings to the Board extensive
knowledge of our Company and the markets
in which we operate through his more than
30 years experience in our industry. He
is currently a Director of IDEX
Corporation. |
|
|
|
Class III: Directors whose terms continue until 2012: |
|
|
|
JAMES R. MALONE
Director since 1994
Age 68
|
|
Mr. Malone is founder and Managing
Partner of Qorval LLC. Mr. Malone brings
to the Board considerable experience and
insight into issues facing large public
companies gained as CEO of four Fortune
500 companies, and as a director of a
number of other public companies. He has
extensive acquisition experience and
knowledge specific to our markets with
over 25 years experience in our industry.
Mr. Malone is currently a Director of
Regions Financial Corp. and Chairman of
the Board of Governors of Citizens
Property Insurance Corp. |
|
|
|
ELIZABETH R. VARET
Director since 1987
Age 67
|
|
Ms. Varet is a Managing Director of
American Securities Management L.P. and
chairman of the corporate general partner
of several affiliated entities. Ms.
Varet brings to the Board expertise in
finance and investment through her
extensive management and investment
experience at private equity and other
investment firms. |
|
|
|
DENNIS K. WILLIAMS
Director since 2006
Age 65
|
|
Mr. Williams is retired from his position
as President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board (through April
2006) of IDEX Corporation. Mr. Williams
brings to the Board considerable
experience and insight into issues facing
large public companies gained as CEO of
IDEX Corporation. He has extensive
acquisition experience and knowledge
specific to our markets with over 30
years experience in our industry. Mr.
Williams is currently a Director of
Owens-Illinois, Inc. and Actuant
Corporation. He was a Director of
Washington Group International, Inc. from
November 2001 to November 2007. |
|
|
|
Class I: Directors whose terms continue until 2013: |
|
|
|
CHARLES D. KLEIN
Director since 1980
Age 72
|
|
Mr. Klein is a Managing Director of
American Securities LLC and an executive
officer of several affiliated entities.
Mr. Klein brings to the Board expertise
in financing and investment through his
extensive management, acquisition and
investment experience at private equity
and other investment firms, and through
his current and past experience as a
Director of a number of public and
private companies. |
|
|
|
STEVEN W. KOHLHAGEN
Director since 2006
Age 63
|
|
Mr. Kohlhagen is a retired financial
executive. Mr. Kohlhagen brings to the
Board expertise in financial accounting,
finance and risk management through his
extensive experience in, and knowledge
of, the financial, securities and foreign
exchange markets. He was a Director of
the IQ Investment Advisors family of
Merrill Lynch funds from January 2005 to
September 2010. |
20
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Officers are appointed by the Board of Directors to serve for the ensuing year and until
their successors have been elected and qualified. Information about our executive officers as
of March 18, 2011 is shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Present Position with AMETEK |
Frank S. Hermance
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
John J. Molinelli
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Executive Vice PresidentChief Financial Officer |
Timothy N. Jones
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
PresidentElectromechanical Group |
John W. Hardin
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
PresidentElectronic Instruments |
David A. Zapico
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
PresidentElectronic Instruments |
Robert R. Mandos, Jr.
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and Comptroller |
Frank S. Hermances employment history with us and the other directorship held during the past
five years are described under the section The Board of Directors on page 20. Mr. Hermance
has 20 years of service with us.
John J. Molinelli was elected Executive Vice PresidentChief Financial Officer effective
April 22, 1998.
Mr. Molinelli has 42 years of service with us.
Timothy N. Jones was elected PresidentElectromechanical Group effective February 1, 2006.
Mr. Jones has 31 years of service with us.
John W. Hardin was elected PresidentElectronic Instruments effective July 23, 2008.
Previously he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Aerospace and Defense
Division from October 2004 to July 2008. Mr. Hardin has 12 years of service with us.
David A. Zapico was elected PresidentElectronic Instruments effective October 1, 2003. Mr.
Zapico has 21 years of service with us.
Robert R. Mandos, Jr. was elected Senior Vice President and Comptroller effective October 1,
2004. Mr. Mandos has 29 years of service with us.
21
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Introduction
In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we address the compensation paid or awarded to
our executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table that immediately follows this
discussion. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.
2010 Compensation
Compensation Objectives
The compensation paid or awarded to our named executive officers for 2010 was designed to meet
the following objectives:
|
|
Provide compensation that is competitive with compensation for other companies
executive officers who provide comparable services, taking into account the size of our
Company or operating group, as applicable. We refer to this objective as competitive
compensation. |
|
|
|
Create a compensation structure under which a meaningful portion of total compensation
is based on achievement of performance goals. We refer to this objective as performance
incentives. |
|
|
|
Encourage the aggregation and maintenance of meaningful equity ownership, and
alignment of executive and stockholder interests. We refer to this objective as
stakeholder incentives. |
|
|
|
Provide an incentive for long-term continued employment with us. We refer to this
objective as retention incentives. |
We fashioned various components of our 2010 compensation payments and awards to meet these
objectives as follows:
|
|
|
Type of Compensation |
|
Objectives Addressed |
Salary
|
|
Competitive Compensation |
|
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Awards,
Restricted Stock Awards and
Stock Option Grants
|
|
Competitive Compensation,
Performance Incentives,
Stakeholder Incentives and
Retention Incentives |
Determination of Competitive Compensation
In assessing competitive compensation, we referenced current year data provided to us by our
independent compensation consultant, Towers Watson. We use the 50th percentile of
the Towers Watson general industry group (a collection of over 500 companies who have chosen
to participate in the Towers Watson survey) as a reference point. Our approach provides us
reference information, allowing us to compete effectively in the marketplace for top talent,
while providing us the flexibility to respond to our changing business conditions and the
performance of each individual.
We used the following process to determine a reference point for the compensation for each
named executive officer in 2010:
|
|
We provided to the compensation consultant a description of the responsibilities for
each named executive officer. |
|
|
|
The compensation consultant employed its standard methodology to provide reference
compensation levels for comparable executives. Comparable executives are seasoned
executives having similar responsibilities. The competitive compensation information was
based on general industry data derived principally from the compensation consultants
executive compensation database. The data was size-adjusted to reflect the estimated
revenues of our Company and the relevant operating groups. The compensation consultant
advised us that it used general industry data rather than data relating only to
electronics and electronic component companies because general industry data provides a
much larger sampling of companies, and does not differ meaningfully from the data
produced by an electronics and electronic component subset. |
22
In considering the data provided by the compensation consultant, we believe that compensation
is competitive if it is within a range of 20 percent above or 20 percent below the
compensation reference points at the 50th percentile for comparable executives. We
believe that variations within or outside this range typically occur due to differences in
experience, responsibilities and performance.
Salaries
The salary amounts set forth in the Summary Compensation Table for 2010 reflect salary
decisions made by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors in 2009. All named
executive officers salaries were within the competitive compensation guideline of 20 percent
above or below salaries for comparable executives at the 50th percentile.
Short-Term Incentive Program
The principal objective of our short-term incentive program is to provide a performance
incentive. We set performance targets such that total cash compensation will be within 20
percent above or below the total cash compensation guideline at the 50th percentile
for comparable executives. However, larger variations, both positive and negative, may result
based on actual performance.
Under our short-term incentive program, we selected performance measures that, in some
instances, differed among the named executive officers. These differences reflect the
differing responsibilities of the executives. We also established targets for each
performance measure.
The target goal for each non-discretionary measure in 2010 was derived from our 2010 budget.
Consistent with past practice, the Compensation Committee can make adjustments on a
case-by-case basis, such as for group operating income, as described below.
|
|
Diluted earnings per share (EPS) We believe that the paramount objective of a
principal executive officer is to increase stockholder return significantly, and that for
a large, well established industrial corporation, EPS is typically a key metric affecting
share price. Therefore, we believe EPS is an excellent measure of our executive
officers performance. |
|
|
|
Sales Sales growth is key to the long-term vitality of a business and we believe
this is an indicator of our executive officers performance. This measure is applied
either on a Companywide basis, or, for our group presidents, with regard to their
respective operating groups. We define our sales measure as actual sales compared to
budgeted sales without giving effect to (i) increases in revenues from businesses that we
acquired during the year and (ii) foreign currency adjustments. |
|
|
|
Group operating income This measure applies to our group presidents with regard to
their respective operating groups, and reflects adjustments deemed appropriate by the
Compensation Committee. We believe this measure is a reliable indicator of operating
group performance. Adjustments to operating unit income in 2010 included estimated tax
benefits pertaining to the disposal of excess and obsolete inventory and the inclusion of
specified financing costs related to acquisitions. We increased operating unit income by
the estimated tax benefit realized through the disposal of excess and obsolete inventory.
We reduced operating unit income by the estimated amount of interest cost we incur on
funds borrowed to finance an acquisition where the results of operations of the acquired
business are included in the units operating results. We believe that reducing the
operating unit income derived from an acquired business by these interest costs better
reflects the contribution of the acquisition to the operating units performance. |
|
|
|
Group operating working capital This measure represents inventory plus accounts
receivable less accounts payable as a percentage of sales. We use this measure to
encourage our group presidents to manage our working capital in a manner that increases
cash available for investment. Working Capital is reported at the Corporate and Group
level. A lower working capital percentage is an indicator of a group presidents and the
CFOs success in increasing our cash resources. |
|
|
|
Discretionary A small portion of each executives award is based on discretionary
factors that are deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee. In the case of the
group presidents, these factors take into account acquisition activity of their
respective operating groups. |
23
The weighting of performance measures for each named executive officer is set forth in the
table below. The target award is payable upon achievement of 100 percent of a designated
goal. Payment amounts increase from 0 percent to 200 percent of the target award in
proportion to the increase from 80 percent to 120 percent of the goal attainment with regard
to each measure except for sales and working capital. Payment amounts increase from 0 percent
to 200 percent of the target award in proportion to the increase from 97 percent to 103
percent of the sales goal and in proportion to the decrease from 110 percent to 90 percent of
the working capital goal. The discretionary portions of the award opportunities are not
subject to any specified formula.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Measure as a |
|
|
|
|
|
Actual Award as |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of |
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Target |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Target |
|
|
|
|
|
Award Opportunity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated |
|
Actual |
|
Award |
|
Actual |
|
for the Performance |
Name |
|
Performance Measure |
|
Goal |
|
Results |
|
Opportunity |
|
Award |
|
Measure |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
Diluted Earnings Per Share |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
$ |
1,600,000 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Discretionary |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
20 |
% |
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
John J. Molinelli |
|
Diluted Earnings Per Share |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
70 |
% |
|
$ |
450,450 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Companywide Sales |
|
$ |
2,203,290,800 |
|
|
$ |
2,427,463,700 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
64,350 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Corporate Working Capital |
|
|
21.6 |
% |
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
64,350 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Discretionary |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
64,350 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
David A. Zapico |
|
Diluted Earnings Per Share |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
174,038 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Sales |
|
$ |
747,330,000 |
|
|
$ |
854,840,600 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
49,725 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Operating Income |
|
$ |
163,131,200 |
|
|
$ |
202,237,100 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
174,038 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Working Capital |
|
|
19.1 |
% |
|
|
15.6 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
49,725 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Discretionary |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
49,725 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
Timothy N. Jones |
|
Diluted Earnings Per Share |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
169,488 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Sales |
|
$ |
627,686,000 |
|
|
$ |
742,413,100 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
48,425 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Operating Income |
|
$ |
85,515,000 |
|
|
$ |
130,632,000 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
169,488 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Working Capital |
|
|
22.6 |
% |
|
|
19.2 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
48,425 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Discretionary |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
48,425 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
John W. Hardin |
|
Diluted Earnings Per Share |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
163,800 |
|
|
|
200 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Sales |
|
$ |
828,274,900 |
|
|
$ |
830,210,000 |
|
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
25,223 |
|
|
|
108 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Operating Income |
|
$ |
211,465,100 |
|
|
$ |
205,432,300 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
70,218 |
|
|
|
86 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Group Working Capital |
|
|
26.6 |
% |
|
|
27.1 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
18,954 |
|
|
|
81 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Discretionary |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
112 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
$ |
26,208 |
|
|
|
112 |
% |
As a result of our actual outcomes with respect to the performance measures and the
Committees determinations with respect to the discretionary component, the award payments and
the percentage of the aggregate target award represented by the award payments are as follows:
Mr. Hermance, $2,000,000 (200%); Mr. Molinelli, $643,500 (200%); Mr. Zapico, $497,251 (200%);
Mr. Jones, $484,251 (200%) and Mr. Hardin, $304,403 (130%). In accordance with SEC
regulations, the award payments are reflected in two separate columns of the Summary
Compensation Table. The discretionary awards for the named executive officers appear in the
Bonus column. The other awards are reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation column.
The actual total cash compensation for the named executive officers, as a percentage of the
dollar amount of target total cash compensation at the 50th percentile reference
point for comparable executives ranged from 124% to 180%. The level of total cash
compensation delivered to the named executive officers was primarily driven by the short-term
incentive payouts achieved based on record levels of performance.
In providing a discretionary award to Mr. Hermance, the Compensation Committee considered our
success with respect to our four growth strategies:
|
|
Operational Excellence We achieved record operating income margins of 19.5%. |
|
|
Global and market expansion International sales grew by 17% in 2010, representing
49% of overall sales. Importantly, Asian sales increased by 31%. We significantly
expanded AMETEK India and our Singapore Aerospace maintenance, repair and overhaul
facility. |
|
|
Strategic acquisitions We completed six acquisitions in 2010 that added more than
$220 million in annualized revenue. |
|
|
New products We introduced a number of new products that contributed to our revenue
and profitability. |
24
In addition, the Compensation Committee recognized Mr. Hermances role in leading the Company
through the economic downturn and successfully growing the Company in 2010. In the case of
Mr. Molinelli, the Compensation Committee considered the same factors as those considered for
Mr. Hermance, as well as improvement in our working capital performance. The group
presidents discretionary awards reflected the Committees assessment of the working capital
performance and acquisition activities for their respective operating groups.
Equity-Based Compensation
Our equity-based compensation in 2010 consisted of awards of stock options and restricted
stock. While we normally use the current year 50th percentile of the Towers Watson general
industry group as a reference point for assessing and establishing competitive compensation,
we did not do so in 2010 with respect to granting equity-based compensation to the named
executive officers. A review of the 2010 data demonstrated that the general industry group
reduced long-term incentive levels, presumably as a result of the recession. We believed as
in all years, and moreover precisely as a result of the recession, that long-term incentive
compensation should be used to motivate and inspire our talent to drive the business forward
during a challenging economic climate. Accordingly, we looked to the 2009 data to set equity
award targets as they appeared more consistent with prior years and therefore not focused
solely on the recession but rather on incentivising our executives. As a result, our
equity-based awards were within the competitive compensation guideline of 20 percent above or
below equity-based awards for comparable executives at the 50th percentile with the exception
of Mr. Hardin who was slightly above.
The Compensation Committee has the discretion to modify the actual award for each named
executive, as was the case for Mr. Hardin. In exercising its discretion, the Compensation
Committee considered each executives contribution to the success of the four growth
strategies described above, as well as each executives demonstrated leadership in managing
costs while growing the business in a recovering economy.
We granted 50 percent of the long-term incentive award in the form of stock options, and 50
percent in the form of restricted stock. To determine the award size, we applied a
Black-Scholes methodology. As a result, we awarded options and restricted stock to the named
executive officers as set forth in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table on page 31 under the
column headings, All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options and All
Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units respectively.
The dollar amounts shown in the Summary Compensation Table under Option Awards and Stock
Awards generally reflect the grant date fair values computed in accordance with ASC 718. See
the footnotes to the Summary Compensation Table for further information.
Our options generally vest in equal annual increments on the first four anniversaries of the
date of grant. We believe that these vesting terms provide to our executives a meaningful
incentive for continued employment. For additional information regarding stock option terms,
see the narrative accompanying the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table.
We believe that the vesting provisions of our restricted stock also serve as an incentive for
continued employment. However, to encourage performance that ultimately enhances stockholder
value, we provide for immediate vesting of a restricted stock award if the closing price of
our Common Stock during any five consecutive trading days reaches 200 percent of the price of
our Common Stock on the date of grant.
Stock-Based Award Grant Practices
In October 2006, we adopted practices for the grant of stock-based awards. Among other
things, these practices encompass the following principles:
|
|
The majority of stock-based awards are approved annually by the Compensation Committee
on a pre-scheduled date, which occurs in close proximity to the date of our Annual
Meeting of Stockholders. |
|
|
|
The annual stock-based awards will not be made when the Compensation Committee is
aware that executive officers or non-employee Directors are in possession of material,
non-public information, or during quarterly or other specified blackout periods. |
|
|
|
While stock-based awards other than annual awards may be granted to address, among
other things, the recruiting or hiring of new employees and promotions, such awards will
not be made to executive officers if the Committee is aware that the executive officers
are in possession of material, non-public information, or during quarterly or other
specified blackout periods. |
25
|
|
The Compensation Committee has established that stock options are granted only on the
date the Compensation Committee approves the grant and with an exercise price equal to
the fair market value on the date of grant. |
|
|
|
Backdating of stock options is prohibited. |
Stock Ownership Guidelines
We believe that by encouraging our executives to maintain a meaningful equity interest in our
Company, we will align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders. Mr.
Hermance is required to hold a multiple of five times his base salary in our stock. The
multiple for Messrs. Molinelli, Zapico, Jones and Hardin is three times base salary. Under
our guidelines, an executive is expected to reach his or her stock ownership requirement
within five years of being promoted to his or her position. As of December 31, 2010, each of
our named executive officers met his stock ownership guideline.
Ongoing and Post-employment Agreements
We have several plans and agreements addressing compensation for our named executive officers
that accrue value as the executive continues to work for us, provide special benefits upon
certain types of termination events and provide retirement benefits. These plans and
agreements were adopted and, in some cases, amended at various times over the past 25 years,
and were designed to be a part of a competitive compensation package. Not all plans apply to
each named executive officer, and the participants are indicated in the discussion below.
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan This plan is a tax-qualified defined benefit plan
available to all U.S.-based salaried employees who commenced employment with us prior to
January 1, 1997. The plan pays annual benefits based on final average plan compensation
and years of credited service. The amount of compensation that can be taken into account
is subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code ($245,000 in 2010), and the
maximum annual benefits payable under the plan also are subject to Internal Revenue Code
limits ($195,000 in 2010). Messrs. Hermance, Molinelli, Zapico and Jones participate in
The Employees Retirement Plan. See the Pension Benefits table and accompanying
narrative for additional information. |
|
|
|
The Retirement and Savings Plan This is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan
under which our participating employees may contribute a percentage of specified
compensation on a pretax basis. In the case of highly compensated employees, including
the named executive officers, contributions of up to ten percent of eligible compensation
can be made, subject to a limit mandated by the Internal Revenue Code, which was $16,500
for 2010, or, if the participant was at least 50 years old, $22,000. We provide a
matching contribution equal to one-third of the first six percent of compensation
contributed, subject to a maximum of $1,200. A participant may invest the participants
contributions and matching contributions in one or more of a number of investment
alternatives, including our Common Stock, and the value of a participants account will
be determined by the investment performance of the participants account. No more than
25 percent of a participants contributions can be invested in our Common Stock. All of
the named executive officers participate in The Retirement and Savings Plan. Our
matching contributions are included in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary
Compensation Table. |
|
|
|
Retirement Feature of The Retirement and Savings Plan The Retirement Feature is
available to participants in The Retirement and Savings Plan who meet specified criteria,
including ineligibility to participate in any of our defined benefit plans. Mr. Hardin
participates in the Retirement Feature. We make retirement contributions based on the
total of a participants age plus years of service. For Mr. Hardin, we contributed an
amount equal to five percent of his compensation subject to Social Security taxes and
seven percent of his additional compensation. We also make an employer incentive
retirement contribution equal to one percent of a participants eligible compensation if
the participant is contributing at least six percent of his or her compensation under The
Retirement and Savings Plan. See the notes to the All Other Compensation column of the
Summary Compensation Table for further information regarding our contributions to the
Retirement Feature for the account of Mr. Hardin. |
|
|
|
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) This plan is a non-qualified
deferred compensation plan that provides benefits for executives to the extent that their
compensation cannot be taken into account under our tax-qualified plans because the
compensation exceeds limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. We refer to the
compensation that exceeds these limits as excess compensation. For 2010, compensation
in excess of $245,000 constitutes excess compensation. Under the SERP, each year we
credit to the account of a participant an amount |
26
|
|
equal to 13% of the executives excess compensation, which is then deemed to be invested in
our Common Stock. Payout of an executives account, which is subject to tax liability,
occurs upon termination of the executives employment and is made in shares of our Common
Stock. Therefore, the ultimate value of the shares paid out under the SERP will depend on
the performance of our Common Stock during the period an executive participates in the
SERP. All of the named executive officers participate in the SERP. See the Non-qualified
Deferred Compensation table and accompanying narrative for additional information. |
|
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plan This plan provides an opportunity for executives to
defer payment of their short-term incentive award to the extent that such award, together
with other relevant compensation, constitutes excess compensation. In advance of the
year in which the short-term incentive award will be paid, an executive may elect to
defer all or part of his or her eligible incentive award into a notional investment in
our Common Stock, in an interest-bearing account or in both. A participant generally may
elect to have the value of his or her account distributed following retirement, either in
a lump sum or in up to five annual installments, or in the form of an in-service
distribution, payable either in a lump sum or in up to four annual installments
commencing on a date specified by the participant in his or her distribution election.
Payments may commence sooner upon the participants earlier separation from service, upon
the death of the participant, in the event of an unforeseeable financial emergency or
upon a change of control. Payments from the notional Common Stock fund are made in shares of our Common Stock, while payments from the interest-bearing account are paid in
cash. Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan. See
the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation table and accompanying narrative for additional
information. |
|
|
|
Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Program Under this program,
Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli have entered into agreements that require us to pay death
benefits to their designated beneficiaries and to pay benefits to them under certain
circumstances during their lifetimes. If a covered executive dies before retirement or
before age 65 while on disability retirement, the executives beneficiary will receive
monthly payments of up to $8,333 from the date of the executives death until the date he
or she would have attained age 80. If a covered executive retires, or reaches age 65
while on disability retirement, the Program provides for a maximum benefit of $100,000
per year for a period of 10 years. We have purchased insurance policies on the lives of
Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli to fund our obligations under the Program. See the
Pension Benefits table and accompanying narrative for additional information. |
|
|
|
2004 Executive Death Benefit Plan This plan provides for retirement benefits or, if
the executive dies before retirement, a death benefit. Generally, if the executive dies
before retirement, the executives beneficiary will receive a monthly payment of $8,333
until the participant would have reached age 80. If the executive retires (either at age
65 or after attaining age 55 with at least five years of service) the executive will be
entitled to receive a distribution based on the value of his account in the plan, which
is determined by gains or losses on, and death benefits received under, a pool of
insurance policies that we own covering the lives of participants. Messrs. Zapico, Jones
and Hardin participate in this plan. See the Non-qualified Deferred Compensation table
and accompanying narrative for further information. |
|
|
|
Change of Control Agreements We have change of control agreements with each of our
executive officers, which are described under Potential Payments Upon Termination or
Change of Control. We entered into these change of control agreements so that our
executives can focus their attention and energies on our business during periods of
uncertainty that may occur due to a potential change of control. In addition, we want
our executives to support a corporate transaction involving a change of control that is
in the best interests of our stockholders, even though the transaction may have an effect
on the executives continued employment with us. We believe these arrangements provide
an important incentive for our executives to remain with us. Our agreement with each
executive other than Mr. Hermance provides for payments and other benefits to the
executive if we terminate the executives employment without cause or if the executive
terminates employment for good reason within two years following a change of control.
Mr. Hermances change of control agreement differs from those of the other named
executive officers with respect to the amount of the payment and the scope of the
benefits upon the change of control events and does not have the two-year limit
applicable to the other executives following the change of control. Given the critical
nature of his role as Chief Executive, his tenure with us, and our interest in retaining
his services, we believe that it is appropriate to provide Mr. Hermance with this
protection so that he is free to focus all of his attention on the growth and future of
the Company, even in a period following a change of control. We believe that the
incentive provided by these additional benefits is well worth any potential cost. For
these same |
27
|
|
reasons, we also have agreed to provide payments and other benefits to Mr. Hermance if,
outside of the context of a change of control, we terminate his employment without cause or
he terminates his employment for good reason. In addition, Mr. Hermances agreement differs
from the other agreements with respect to payments that exceed the limitations under
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. The other executives agreements limit the
payments made upon a change of control to the maximum amount that may be paid without an
excise tax and loss of corporate tax deduction under Sections 4999 and 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code. Mr. Hermances agreement does not contain this limitation as discussed under
Tax Considerations below. |
Tax Considerations
Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a publicly held corporation may not deduct
more than $1 million in a taxable year for certain forms of compensation made to the chief
executive officer and other officers listed on the Summary Compensation Table. Our policy is
generally to preserve the federal income tax deductibility of compensation paid to our
executives, and certain of our equity awards have been structured to preserve deductibility
under Section 162(m). Nevertheless, we retain the flexibility to authorize compensation that
may not be deductible if we believe it is in the best interests of our Company. In 2010, we
had a vesting of restricted stock which resulted in compensation paid to Mr. Hermance that is
non-deductible under Section 162(m).
Under Mr. Hermances change of control agreement, our payments to Mr. Hermance may exceed the
limitations under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore a portion of the
payments may not be deductible. In addition, we will make an additional payment to Mr.
Hermance if payments to him resulting from a change of control are subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code. We did not wish to have the provisions
of Mr. Hermances agreement serve as a disincentive to his pursuit of a change of control that
otherwise might be in the best interests of our Company and its stockholders. Accordingly, we
determined to provide a payment to reimburse Mr. Hermance for any excise taxes payable in
connection with the change-of-control payment, as well as any taxes that accrue as a result of
our reimbursement. We believe that, in light of Mr. Hermances outstanding record in
enhancing value for our stockholders, this determination is appropriate.
Role of Executive Officers in Determining Executive Compensation For Named Executive Officers
In connection with 2010 compensation, Mr. Hermance, aided by our human resources department,
provided statistical data and recommendations to the Compensation Committee to assist it in
determining compensation levels. Mr. Hermance did not make recommendations as to his own
compensation. While the Compensation Committee utilized this information, and valued Mr.
Hermances observations with regard to other executive officers, the ultimate decisions
regarding executive compensation were made by the Compensation Committee.
REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
The Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis required by Securities and Exchange Commission regulations. Based on
its review and discussions, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement.
Respectfully submitted,
The Compensation Committee:
Charles D. Klein, Chairperson
James R. Malone
Elizabeth R. Varet
Dated: March 25, 2011
28
COMPENSATION TABLES
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 2010
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and other three most highly compensated executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity |
|
Compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
Option |
|
Incentive Plan |
|
Earnings |
|
All Other |
|
|
Name and |
|
|
|
|
|
Salary |
|
|
|
|
|
Awards |
|
Awards |
|
Compensation |
|
(Losses) |
|
Compensation |
|
|
Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
(1) |
|
Bonus |
|
(2) |
|
(3) |
|
(4) |
|
(5) |
|
(6) |
|
Total |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
$ |
1,000,000 |
|
|
$ |
400,000 |
|
|
$ |
2,419,443 |
|
|
$ |
1,696,859 |
|
|
$ |
1,600,000 |
|
|
$ |
248,233 |
|
|
$ |
442,782 |
|
|
$ |
7,807,317 |
|
Chairman of the Board |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
784,600 |
|
|
|
320,000 |
|
|
|
2,106,851 |
|
|
|
1,565,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201,900 |
|
|
|
162,360 |
|
|
|
5,140,781 |
|
and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
800,000 |
|
|
|
320,984 |
|
|
|
1,730,646 |
|
|
|
1,240,514 |
|
|
|
878,016 |
|
|
|
79,223 |
|
|
|
297,082 |
|
|
|
5,346,465 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
495,000 |
|
|
|
64,350 |
|
|
|
555,282 |
|
|
|
389,309 |
|
|
|
579,150 |
|
|
|
253,282 |
|
|
|
148,278 |
|
|
|
2,484,651 |
|
Executive Vice President |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
402,108 |
|
|
|
106,800 |
|
|
|
512,566 |
|
|
|
380,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261,300 |
|
|
|
69,984 |
|
|
|
1,733,476 |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
390,000 |
|
|
|
107,303 |
|
|
|
466,074 |
|
|
|
334,055 |
|
|
|
260,697 |
|
|
|
121,235 |
|
|
|
78,828 |
|
|
|
1,758,192 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
382,500 |
|
|
|
49,725 |
|
|
|
343,305 |
|
|
|
240,703 |
|
|
|
447,526 |
|
|
|
56,515 |
|
|
|
105,617 |
|
|
|
1,625,891 |
|
PresidentElectronic |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
343,263 |
|
|
|
91,200 |
|
|
|
394,156 |
|
|
|
292,734 |
|
|
|
17,935 |
|
|
|
74,197 |
|
|
|
45,866 |
|
|
|
1,259,351 |
|
Instruments |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
337,500 |
|
|
|
43,316 |
|
|
|
332,910 |
|
|
|
238,638 |
|
|
|
258,684 |
|
|
|
(38,133 |
) |
|
|
72,529 |
|
|
|
1,245,444 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
372,500 |
|
|
|
48,425 |
|
|
|
343,305 |
|
|
|
240,703 |
|
|
|
435,826 |
|
|
|
101,289 |
|
|
|
92,579 |
|
|
|
1,634,627 |
|
President |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
294,225 |
|
|
|
59,670 |
|
|
|
323,829 |
|
|
|
240,474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,226 |
|
|
|
26,641 |
|
|
|
1,079,065 |
|
Electromechanical Group |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
39,628 |
|
|
|
266,328 |
|
|
|
190,929 |
|
|
|
139,372 |
|
|
|
(60,899 |
) |
|
|
41,869 |
|
|
|
917,227 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
26,208 |
|
|
|
343,305 |
|
|
|
240,703 |
|
|
|
278,195 |
|
|
|
15,736 |
|
|
|
60,215 |
|
|
|
1,324,362 |
|
PresidentElectronic |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
294,225 |
|
|
|
73,320 |
|
|
|
312,708 |
|
|
|
232,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,453 |
|
|
|
65,507 |
|
|
|
1,005,341 |
|
Instruments |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
277,250 |
|
|
|
47,454 |
|
|
|
328,491 |
|
|
|
93,041 |
|
|
|
150,746 |
|
|
|
(37,021 |
) |
|
|
194,863 |
|
|
|
1,054,824 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Regularly scheduled salary increases were deferred in 2009. In addition, base pay
was reduced by one weeks pay in connection with cost reduction initiatives that were
administered across our Company in 2009. Salary increases for 2008 were effective on
January 1, 2008 for Messrs. Hermance and Jones, and on July 1, 2008 for Messrs.
Molinelli, Zapico and Hardin. |
|
(2) |
|
The amounts shown for stock awards relate to restricted shares granted under our 1999
and 2002 Stock Incentive Plans and 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. These
amounts are equal to the aggregate grant date fair value, computed in accordance with ASC
718, but without giving effect to estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting
conditions. For information regarding the number of shares subject to 2010 awards, other
features of the awards and the grant date fair value of the awards, see the Grants of
Plan-Based Awards table on page 31. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts shown for option awards relate to shares granted under our 1999 and 2002
Stock Incentive Plans and 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. These amounts are
equal to the aggregate grant date fair value, computed in accordance with ASC 718, but
without giving effect to estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting
conditions. The assumptions used in determining the amounts in this column are set forth
in Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements on page 40 of Appendix B to this
proxy statement. For information regarding the number of shares subject to 2010 awards,
other features of those awards, and the grant date fair value of the awards, see the
Grants of Plan-Based Awards table on page 31. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents payments under our short-term incentive program based on achievement of
Companywide or operating group performance measures. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis 2010 Compensation Short-Term Incentive Program. |
(Footnotes continue on following page.)
29
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes, for 2010, the aggregate change in actuarial present value of the accumulated
benefit under defined benefit plans as follows: Mr. Hermance, $178,800; Mr. Molinelli,
$242,000; Mr. Zapico, $40,100; and Mr. Jones, $72,600. Also includes earnings on
non-qualified deferred compensation plans, to the extent required to be disclosed under
SEC regulations, as follows: Mr. Hermance, $69,433; Mr. Molinelli, $11,282; Mr. Zapico,
$16,415; Mr. Jones, $28,689; and Mr. Hardin, $15,736. The Company did not change its
benefit programs for the named executive officers in 2010; the change in benefit value is
attributed to underlying assumptions such as the discount rate used to calculate the
actuarial present value. |
|
(6) |
|
Included in All Other Compensation for 2010 are the following items that exceeded
$10,000: |
|
|
|
our contributions under our defined contribution plans, including our
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as follows: Mr. Hermance, $359,350; Mr.
Molinelli, $117,355; Mr. Zapico, $83,718; Mr. Jones, $80,728; and Mr. Hardin,
$40,696. |
|
|
|
|
dividends on restricted stock and the interest on the dividend balance, which
totaled $51,194 for Mr. Hermance and $12,533 for Mr. Molinelli, and are subject to
forfeiture if the related restricted stock does not vest. |
|
|
|
|
perquisites which totaled $30,873 for Mr. Hermance, $17,025 for Mr. Molinelli,
$12,193 for Mr. Zapico, and $12,014 for Mr. Hardin. Perquisites
included automobile allowances for all of the named executive officers, and
country club dues for Mr. Hermance. |
30
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS 2010
The following table provides details regarding plan-based awards granted to the named executive
officers in 2010, adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split paid to stockholders on
December 21, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other |
|
All Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
Option |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards: |
|
Awards: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Payouts Under |
|
Shares of |
|
Securities |
|
Exercise or |
|
Fair Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan |
|
Stock or |
|
Underlying |
|
Base Price |
|
Stock and |
|
|
Grant |
|
Awards(1) |
|
Units |
|
Options |
|
of Option |
|
Option |
Name |
|
Date |
|
Threshold |
|
Target |
|
Maximum |
|
(2) |
|
(3) |
|
Awards |
|
Awards (4) |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
2/19/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
800,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,600,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
4/29/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,350 |
|
|
|
223,860 |
|
|
$ |
29.38 |
|
|
$ |
4,116,302 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
2/19/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,575 |
|
|
|
579,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
4/29/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,900 |
|
|
|
51,360 |
|
|
|
29.38 |
|
|
|
944,591 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
2/19/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223,763 |
|
|
|
447,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
4/29/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.38 |
|
|
|
584,008 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
2/19/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
217,913 |
|
|
|
435,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
4/29/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.38 |
|
|
|
584,008 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
2/19/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210,600 |
|
|
|
421,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
4/29/10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.38 |
|
|
|
584,008 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These targets were established under our short-term incentive program. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis 2010 Compensation Short-Term Incentive
Program for information regarding the criteria applied in determining the amounts
payable under the awards. There were no threshold amounts payable under the short-term
incentive program. The actual amounts paid with respect to these awards are included in
the Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns in the Summary
Compensation Table on page 29. Targets reflect the October 1, 2010 salary for each
individual, as required by the program. |
|
(2) |
|
The stock awards constitute restricted shares granted under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Compensation Plan. These shares become vested on the earliest to occur of (a) the
closing price of our Common Stock on any five consecutive days equaling or exceeding
$58.76 per share, (b) the death or permanent disability of the grantee, (c) the
termination of the grantees employment with us in connection with a change of control,
(d) the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, namely April 29, 2014, provided the
grantee has been employed by us continuously through that date, or (e) the grantees
retirement from employment with us at or after age 55 and the completion of at least ten
years of employment with us, in which case only a pro rata portion of the shares will
become nonforfeitable and transferable based upon the time that has elapsed since the
date of grant. Cash dividends are earned on the restricted shares but are not paid until
the restricted shares vest. Until the restricted stock vests, the dividends accrue
interest at the 5-year Treasury note rate plus 0.5%, compounded quarterly. |
|
(3) |
|
The option awards constitute stock options granted under our 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Compensation Plan. Stock options become exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares
on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. Options generally become
fully exercisable in the event of the grantees death or permanent disability, normal
retirement or termination of employment in connection with a change of control. |
|
(4) |
|
The grant date fair value is computed in accordance with ASC 718, but without giving
effect to estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The
assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of option awards in this column
are set forth in Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements on page 40 of Appendix
B to this proxy statement. |
31
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2010
The following table provides details regarding outstanding equity awards for the named executive
officers at December 31, 2010, adjusted to reflect the three-for-two stock split paid to
stockholders on December 21, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards (1) |
|
Stock Awards (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities |
|
Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or |
|
Shares or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying |
|
Underlying |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of |
|
Units of Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised |
|
Unexercised |
|
Option |
|
Option |
|
Stock That |
|
That |
|
|
Option |
|
Options |
|
Options |
|
Exercise |
|
Expiration |
|
Have Not |
|
Have Not |
Name |
|
Grant Date |
|
Exercisable |
|
Unexercisable |
|
Price |
|
Date |
|
Vested |
|
Vested (3) |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
9/22/2004 |
|
|
|
126,190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.5133 |
|
|
|
9/21/2011 |
|
|
|
292,890 |
|
|
$ |
11,495,933 |
|
|
|
|
4/27/2005 |
|
|
|
195,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.8578 |
|
|
|
4/26/2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/26/2006 |
|
|
|
189,922 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.1778 |
|
|
|
4/25/2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
143,494 |
|
|
|
47,831 |
|
|
|
24.2933 |
|
|
|
4/23/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
97,117 |
|
|
|
97,118 |
|
|
|
32.4000 |
|
|
|
4/22/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
75,243 |
|
|
|
225,732 |
|
|
|
21.8067 |
|
|
|
4/22/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223,860 |
|
|
|
29.3800 |
|
|
|
4/28/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
9/22/2004 |
|
|
|
55,530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.5133 |
|
|
|
9/21/2011 |
|
|
|
71,385 |
|
|
|
2,801,861 |
|
|
|
|
4/27/2005 |
|
|
|
41,805 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.8578 |
|
|
|
4/26/2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/26/2006 |
|
|
|
41,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.1778 |
|
|
|
4/25/2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
34,594 |
|
|
|
11,531 |
|
|
|
24.2933 |
|
|
|
4/23/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
26,153 |
|
|
|
26,152 |
|
|
|
32.4000 |
|
|
|
4/22/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
18,303 |
|
|
|
54,912 |
|
|
|
21.8067 |
|
|
|
4/22/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,360 |
|
|
|
29.3800 |
|
|
|
4/28/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
4/26/2006 |
|
|
|
33,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.1778 |
|
|
|
4/25/2013 |
|
|
|
52,245 |
|
|
|
2,050,616 |
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
28,935 |
|
|
|
9,645 |
|
|
|
24.2933 |
|
|
|
4/23/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
18,683 |
|
|
|
18,682 |
|
|
|
32.4000 |
|
|
|
4/22/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
14,073 |
|
|
|
42,222 |
|
|
|
21.8067 |
|
|
|
4/22/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.3800 |
|
|
|
4/28/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
4/27/2005 |
|
|
|
15,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.8578 |
|
|
|
4/26/2012 |
|
|
|
44,250 |
|
|
|
1,736,812 |
|
|
|
|
4/26/2006 |
|
|
|
33,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.1778 |
|
|
|
4/25/2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
22,500 |
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
24.2933 |
|
|
|
4/23/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
14,947 |
|
|
|
14,948 |
|
|
|
32.4000 |
|
|
|
4/22/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
11,561 |
|
|
|
34,684 |
|
|
|
21.8067 |
|
|
|
4/22/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.3800 |
|
|
|
4/28/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
4/27/2005 |
|
|
|
4,804 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.8578 |
|
|
|
4/26/2012 |
|
|
|
40,721 |
|
|
|
1,598,299 |
|
|
|
|
4/26/2006 |
|
|
|
9,148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.1778 |
|
|
|
4/25/2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
7,415 |
|
|
|
3,707 |
|
|
|
24.2933 |
|
|
|
4/23/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
7,284 |
|
|
|
7,284 |
|
|
|
32.4000 |
|
|
|
4/22/2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
11,160 |
|
|
|
33,480 |
|
|
|
21.8067 |
|
|
|
4/22/2016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,755 |
|
|
|
29.3800 |
|
|
|
4/28/2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All option grants become exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of the dates of grant. |
32
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The following table sets forth grant and vesting information for the outstanding
restricted stock awards for all named executive officers: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares or |
|
|
|
|
|
Price-Related Event |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of Stock That |
|
|
|
|
|
for Accelerated |
Name |
|
Grant Date |
|
Have Not Vested |
|
Vesting Date |
|
Vesting* |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
60,510 |
|
|
|
4/24/2011 |
|
|
$ |
48.59 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
53,415 |
|
|
|
4/23/2012 |
|
|
|
64.80 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
96,615 |
|
|
|
4/23/2013 |
|
|
|
43.61 |
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
82,350 |
|
|
|
4/29/2014 |
|
|
|
58.76 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
14,595 |
|
|
|
4/24/2011 |
|
|
|
48.59 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
14,385 |
|
|
|
4/23/2012 |
|
|
|
64.80 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
23,505 |
|
|
|
4/23/2013 |
|
|
|
43.61 |
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
18,900 |
|
|
|
4/29/2014 |
|
|
|
58.76 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
12,210 |
|
|
|
4/24/2011 |
|
|
|
48.59 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
10,275 |
|
|
|
4/23/2012 |
|
|
|
64.80 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
18,075 |
|
|
|
4/23/2013 |
|
|
|
43.61 |
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
4/29/2014 |
|
|
|
58.76 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
9,495 |
|
|
|
4/24/2011 |
|
|
|
48.59 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
8,220 |
|
|
|
4/23/2012 |
|
|
|
64.80 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
14,850 |
|
|
|
4/23/2013 |
|
|
|
43.61 |
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
4/29/2014 |
|
|
|
58.76 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
4/24/2007 |
|
|
|
4,690 |
|
|
|
4/24/2011 |
|
|
|
48.59 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2008 |
|
|
|
4,006 |
|
|
|
4/23/2012 |
|
|
|
64.80 |
|
|
|
|
7/23/2008 |
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
7/23/2012 |
|
|
|
66.23 |
|
|
|
|
4/23/2009 |
|
|
|
14,340 |
|
|
|
4/23/2013 |
|
|
|
43.61 |
|
|
|
|
4/29/2010 |
|
|
|
11,685 |
|
|
|
4/29/2014 |
|
|
|
58.76 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
The price-related event for accelerated vesting of the restricted stock awards will
occur if the closing price per share of our Common Stock for five consecutive trading
days is equal to at least two times the closing price per share on the date of grant. |
|
(3) |
|
The dollar values are based on the closing price of our Common Stock on December 31,
2010 ($39.25). Cash dividends will be earned but will not be paid until the restricted
shares vest. The dividends will be payable at the same rate as dividends to holders of
our outstanding Common Stock. Until the restricted stock vests, the dividends accrue
interest at the 5-year Treasury note rate plus 0.5%, compounded quarterly. |
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED 2010
The following table provides information regarding option exercises and vesting of
restricted stock awards for the named executive officers in 2010, adjusted to reflect the
three-for-two stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards |
|
Stock Awards |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
Shares Acquired |
|
Value Realized |
|
Shares Acquired on |
|
Value Realized |
Name |
|
on Exercise |
|
on Exercise (1) |
|
Vesting |
|
on Vesting (2) |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
448,492 |
|
|
$ |
10,712,819 |
|
|
|
56,250 |
|
|
$ |
1,621,624 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
59,062 |
|
|
|
1,558,025 |
|
|
|
12,442 |
|
|
|
358,703 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
72,772 |
|
|
|
1,471,899 |
|
|
|
9,990 |
|
|
|
288,000 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
43,102 |
|
|
|
769,575 |
|
|
|
9,990 |
|
|
|
288,000 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
8,814 |
|
|
|
204,073 |
|
|
|
5,418 |
|
|
|
156,195 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value realized on exercise is equal to the difference between the market price of
the shares acquired upon exercise and the option exercise price for the acquired shares. |
|
(2) |
|
On April 26, 2010, the 4-year cliff vesting of the restricted stock granted on April 26,
2006 occurred. The total value realized on vesting is equal to (1) the closing price per
share of our Common Stock on April 26, 2010 ($28.83), multiplied by the number of shares
acquired on vesting, minus the par value per share paid by the named executive, (2) the
dividends accrued since the date of award, and (3) the interest accrued on these
dividends. |
33
PENSION BENEFITS 2010
We have the following defined benefit plans in which some or all of our named executive
officers participate:
|
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan This plan is a qualified defined benefit pension
plan that provides retirement benefits to our U.S.-based salaried employees who
commenced employment with us prior to January 1, 1997. The plan pays benefits based
upon eligible final average plan compensation and years of credited service.
Compensation in excess of a specified amount prescribed by the Department of the
Treasury ($245,000 for 2010) is not taken into account under the Retirement Plan. Mr.
Hardin, who joined us after January 1, 1997, is not eligible to participate in The
Employees Retirement Plan, but instead is eligible to participate in the Retirement
Feature of the AMETEK Retirement and Savings Plan, a defined contribution plan. |
|
|
|
|
Annual benefits earned under The Employees Retirement Plan are computed using the
following formula: |
|
|
|
A = 32.0% of eligible compensation not in excess of Social Security
covered compensation plus 40.0% of eligible compensation in excess of
Social Security covered compensation, times credited service at the normal
retirement date (maximum of 15 years) divided by 15; |
|
|
|
|
B = 0.5% of eligible plan compensation times credited service at the
normal retirement date in excess of 15 years (maximum of ten years); and |
|
|
|
|
C = current credited service divided by credited service at the normal
retirement date. |
|
|
|
Participants may retire as early as age 55 with 10 years of service. Unreduced
benefits are available when a participant attains age 65 with 5 years of service.
Otherwise, benefits are reduced 6.67% for each year by which pension commencement
precedes the attainment of age 65. Pension benefits earned are distributed in the
form of a lifetime annuity. Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli are eligible for early
retirement under the plan. |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Program Under this program, we have
entered into individual agreements with Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli that require us
to pay death benefits to their designated beneficiaries and to pay lifetime benefits
to them under specified circumstances. If a covered executive dies before retirement
or before age 65 while on disability retirement, the executives beneficiary will
receive monthly payments of up to $8,333 from the date of the executives death until
the date he would have attained age 80. If a covered executive retires, or reaches
age 65 while on disability retirement, the program provides for an annual benefit of
up to a maximum of $100,000 per year, or an aggregate of $1,000,000. The benefit is
payable monthly over a period of ten years to the executive or the executives
beneficiary. The payments will commence for retirees at age 70 or death, whichever is
earlier. However, if the executive retires after age 70, the payments commence on
retirement. To fund benefits under the Program, we have purchased individual life
insurance policies on the lives of certain of the covered executives. We retain the
right to terminate all of the Program agreements under designated circumstances. |
34
The following table provides details regarding the present value of accumulated benefits under
the plans described above for the named executive officers in 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Years |
|
Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credited Service |
|
Accumulated |
|
Payments During |
Name |
|
Plan Name |
|
at December 31, 2010 |
|
Benefit (1) |
|
2010 |
Frank S. Hermance
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan
Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Plan
|
|
20
N/A
|
|
$ 870,700
497,600 |
|
|
|
John J. Molinelli
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan
Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Plan
|
|
42
N/A
|
|
1,306,300
448,000
|
|
|
|
David A. Zapico
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
207,600 |
|
|
|
Timothy N. Jones
|
|
The Employees Retirement Plan
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
449,600 |
|
|
|
John W. Hardin
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts shown in the Pension Benefit Table above are actuarial present values of
the benefits accumulated through December 31, 2010. We used the following assumptions in
quantifying the present value of the accumulated benefit: discount rate 5.60%;
limitation on eligible annual compensation under the Internal Revenue Code $245,000;
limitation on eligible annual benefits under the Internal Revenue Code $195,000;
retirement age 65; termination and disability rates none; form of payment single
life annuity; RP-2000 mortality table, as adjusted. |
35
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION 2010
We have the following non-qualified deferred compensation plans in which our named executive
officers participate:
|
|
|
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) This plan provides benefits for
executives to the extent that their compensation cannot be taken into account under
our tax-qualified plans because the compensation exceeds limits imposed by the
Department of the Treasury ($245,000 in 2010). Under the SERP, each year we credit to
the account of a participant an amount equal to 13% of the executives compensation
that exceeds the Department of the Treasury limits, which is then deemed to be
invested in our Common Stock. Payout of an executives account occurs upon
termination of the executives employment and is made in shares of our Common Stock.
Therefore, the ultimate value of the shares paid out under the SERP will depend on the
performance of our Common Stock during the period an executive participates in the
SERP. |
|
|
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plan This plan provides an opportunity for executives to
defer payment of their short-term incentive award to the extent that such award,
together with other relevant compensation, exceeds limits imposed by the Department of
the Treasury ($245,000 in 2010). In advance of the year in which the short-term
incentive award will be paid, an executive may elect to defer all or part of his or
her eligible incentive award. The monies are invested in one of two notional
accounts, a Common Stock fund and an interest-bearing fund. A participant generally
may elect to have the value of his or her account distributed following retirement, or
while in service, as specified by the participant in his or her deferral election.
Payments may commence earlier upon the participants earlier separation from service,
upon the death of the participant, in the event of an unforeseeable financial
emergency or upon a change of control, as defined in the plan. Payments from the
notional Common Stock fund are made in shares of our Common Stock, while payments from
the interest-bearing account are paid in cash. |
|
|
|
|
2004 Executive Death Benefit Plan Under this plan, we provide a retirement
benefit to Messrs. Zapico, Jones and Hardin. The retirement benefit under this plan
is designed to provide the lump sum necessary to deliver 20% of the executives final
projected annual salary paid annually for 10 years, on a present value basis at age
70. However, the actual benefit will vary based on the gains and losses from the
underlying investments in a pool of insurance policies that we own covering the lives
of the participants; and on death benefits received from these same policies. The
maximum salary on which the benefit can be based is $500,000. If the covered
executive dies while actively employed or while disabled and before age 65, the
executives beneficiaries will receive monthly payments from the date of the
executives death until the executive would have attained age 80. |
The following table provides details regarding non-qualified deferred compensation for the
named executive officers in 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive |
|
Registrant |
|
Aggregate |
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
Contributions in |
|
Contributions in |
|
Earnings in Last |
|
Withdrawals/ |
|
Aggregate Balance at |
Name |
|
Last Fiscal Year |
|
Last Fiscal Year (1) |
|
Fiscal Year (2) |
|
Distributions |
|
Last Fiscal Year-End (3) |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
$ |
315,360 |
|
|
$ |
358,150 |
|
|
$ |
3,428,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
19,917,090 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
52,626 |
|
|
|
116,155 |
|
|
|
1,130,945 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,921,707 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,518 |
|
|
|
288,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909,950 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,528 |
|
|
|
172,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
579,352 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,482 |
|
|
|
98,928 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304,117 |
|
36
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes for each named executive officer the following amounts that are also
reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 29: Mr. Hermance, $358,150; Mr.
Molinelli, $116,155; Mr. Zapico, $82,518; Mr. Jones, $79,528; and Mr. Hardin, $24,482. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes for each named executive officer the following amounts that are also reported
in the Summary Compensation Table on page 29: Mr. Hermance, $69,433; Mr. Molinelli,
$11,282; Mr. Zapico, $16,415; Mr. Jones, $28,689; and Mr. Hardin, $15,736. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes for each named executive officer the following amounts that were reported as
compensation in the Summary Compensation Table in previous years: Mr. Hermance,
$10,580,759; Mr. Molinelli, $2,017,233; Mr. Zapico, $343,884; Mr. Jones, $206,293; and
Mr. Hardin, $123,335. |
37
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR
CHANGE OF CONTROL
In this section, we describe payments that may be made to our named executive officers upon
several events of termination, including termination in connection with a change of control. The
information in this section does not include information relating to the following:
|
|
distributions under The Employees Retirement Plan and distributions, other than death
benefits, under the Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Plan see Pension Benefits
2010 for information regarding these plans, |
|
|
|
distributions under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and the Deferred
Compensation Plan and distributions, other than death benefits, under the 2004 Executive Death
Benefit Plan see Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 2010 for information regarding
these plans, |
|
|
|
other payments and benefits provided on a nondiscriminatory basis to salaried employees
generally upon termination of employment, including tax-qualified defined contribution plans,
and |
|
|
|
short-term incentive payments that would not be increased due to the termination event. |
The following items are reflected in the summary table on page 40. The payment amounts reflect the
payments that would have been due to the named executive officers had the termination or change of
control event occurred on December 31, 2010.
Change of Control Agreements. Under our change of control agreements with our named executive
officers other than Mr. Hermance, in the event that a named executive officers employment is
terminated by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason within two years
beginning on the effective date of a change of control, the executive officer will receive: (1)
2.99 times the sum of (a) the executive officers base salary in effect on the last day of the
fiscal year immediately preceding the effective date of the change of control and (b) the greater
of the target bonus for the fiscal year in which the change of control occurred or the average of
the bonus received for the two previous fiscal years; all cash payments will be paid when permitted
under Section 409A of the Code, namely, on the first day of the seventh month following the
termination date; and (2) continuation of health benefits until the earliest to occur of Medicare
eligibility, coverage under another group health plan without a pre-existing condition limitation,
the expiration of ten years, or the executive officers death. Payments to executive officers
other than Mr. Hermance under the change of control agreements will be reduced, if necessary, to
prevent them from being subject to the limitation on deductions under Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee selected the 2.99 times multiple of salary and bonus to
reflect competitive market levels for such agreements and, except in the case of Mr. Hermance, the
amount payable is subject to limitations designed to minimize the payment of any excise taxes by
us.
Generally, a change of control is deemed to occur under the change of control agreements if: (1)
any person or more than one person acting as a group acquires ownership of stock which constitutes
more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of our stock; (2) any
person or more than one person acting as a group acquires (during the 12-month period ending on the
date of the most recent acquisition) ownership of stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total
fair market value or total voting power of our stock; (3) a majority of Board members are replaced
during any 12-month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members
of the Board; or (4) any person or more than one person acting as a group acquires assets from us
having a total fair market value of not less than 40 percent of the total fair market value of all
of our assets immediately prior to the acquisition.
A termination for good reason generally means a termination initiated by the executive officer in
the event of: (1) our noncompliance with the change of control agreement; (2) any involuntary
reduction in the executive officers authority, duties or responsibilities that were in effect
immediately prior to the change of control; (3) any involuntary reduction in the executive
officers total compensation that was in effect immediately prior to the change of control; or (4)
any transfer of the executive officer without the executive officers consent of more than 50
miles from the executive officers principal place of business immediately prior to the change of
control other than on a temporary basis (less than 6 months).
38
A termination for cause would result from misappropriation of funds, habitual insobriety or
substance abuse, conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, or gross negligence in the
performance of duties that has a material adverse effect on our business, operations, assets,
properties or financial condition.
Under our change of control agreement with Mr. Hermance, in the event that his employment is
terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Hermance for good reason in anticipation of, or following,
a change of control, he will receive: (1) a lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times the sum of (a) Mr.
Hermances base salary for the year prior to the year in which his termination occurs and (b) his
targeted bonus for the year in which he is terminated or, if the amount of the targeted bonus is
not known, the average of his bonuses for the two years preceding the year in which his termination
occurs; all cash payments will be paid when permitted under Section 409A of the Code, namely, on
the first day of the seventh month following the termination date; (2) continuation of health
benefits, disability insurance and death benefits until the earliest of (a) the end of the tenth
year following the year of the separation from service; (b) Medicare eligibility; (c) commencement
of new employment where Mr. Hermance can participate in similar plans or programs without a
pre-existing condition limitation; or (d) death; and (3) use of an automobile and reimbursement of
reasonable operating expenses, and continued reimbursement of country club dues, in each case until
the second anniversary of his termination or, if earlier, his death.
In addition, upon a change of control, or upon Mr. Hermances termination without cause or
resignation for good reason in anticipation of a change of control, (1) all of his restricted stock
awards and stock options immediately vest; (2) all stock options, other than incentive stock
options, will be exercisable for one year following his termination, or, if earlier, the stated
expiration date of the stock option; and (3) if Mr. Hermance becomes subject to excise taxes under
Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code because our change of control payments to him are subject
to the limitations on deductions under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, he will be
reimbursed for those excise taxes and any additional taxes payable by him as a result of the
reimbursement.
Generally, a change of control is deemed to occur under Mr. Hermances change of control agreement
upon: (1) the acquisition by any person or group of 20 percent or more of our total voting stock;
(2) the acquisition by us, any executive benefit plan, or any entity we establish under the plan,
acting separately or in combination with each other or with other persons, of 50 percent or more of
our voting stock, if after such acquisition our Common Stock is no longer publicly traded; (3) the
death, resignation or removal of our Directors within a two-year period, as a result of which the
Directors serving at the beginning of the period and Directors elected with the advance approval of
two-thirds of the Directors serving at the beginning of the period constitute less than a majority
of the Board; (4) the approval by the shareholders of (a) a merger in which the shareholders no
longer own or control at least 50 percent of the value of our outstanding equity or the combined
voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, or (b) a sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the Companys assets. A termination is deemed to be in anticipation of a
change of control if it occurs during the 90 days preceding the change of control and the
substantial possibility of a change of control was known to Mr. Hermance and a majority of the
Directors.
Good reason and cause are defined in Mr. Hermances agreement in substantially the same
manner as in the other executive officers change of control agreements.
Payments and other benefits under the change of control agreements would have been in the following
amounts if the event requiring payment occurred on December 31, 2010: Lump sum payments Mr.
Hermance, $5,980,000; Mr. Molinelli, $2,601,749; Mr. Zapico, $2,050,222; Mr. Jones, $1,926,937; Mr.
Hardin, $1,776,060. Health and disability benefits Mr. Hermance, $74,900; Mr. Molinelli,
$26,100; Mr. Zapico, $80,800; Mr. Jones, $183,900; Mr. Hardin, $202,300. Perquisites Mr.
Hermance, $72,669 (including use of an automobile and operating expenses in the amount of $58,221;
and country club fees). The benefits Mr. Hermance receives upon acceleration of his equity grants
in connection with a change of control are quantified below under Acceleration of Vesting
Provisions Pertaining to Stock Options and Restricted Stock.
In addition, Mr. Hermances change of control agreement generally provides that in the event his
employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Hermance for good reason, in either case
prior to and other than in anticipation of or following a change of control, he would receive the
same benefits as he would receive in connection with a change of control, as described above,
except: (1) the portion of the lump sum payment based on a multiple of cash compensation will be
equal to two times, rather than 2.99 times, cash compensation and (2) the
continuation of health benefits, disability benefits and death benefits cannot exceed a maximum of
two years from the termination of his employment, rather than ten years.
39
Payments and other benefits to Mr. Hermance under this provision include the following: lump sum
payments, $4,000,000; stock option grant vesting acceleration, $7,527,661; restricted stock award
vesting acceleration, $11,601,674; health and disability insurance benefits, $49,900; perquisites,
$72,669 (including use of an automobile and operating expenses in the amount of $58,221; and
country club fees).
Acceleration of Vesting Provisions Pertaining to Stock Options and Restricted Stock. Under our
stock incentive plans, outstanding stock options generally will vest immediately upon the
occurrence of any of the following events: (1) the holders retirement after age 65, following two
years of service with us; (2) the death of the holder; (3) the disability of the holder; or (4) the
holders termination of employment following a change of control. Benefits relating to accelerated
vesting of stock options in connection with termination following a change of control (or, in the
case of Mr. Hermance, in anticipation of, or upon a change of control), or upon normal retirement
or death or disability is as follows: Mr. Hermance, $7,527,661; Mr. Molinelli, $1,816,377; Mr.
Zapico, $1,322,142; Mr. Jones, $1,132,994; Mr. Hardin, $1,002,763. The value of the accelerated
vesting benefit equals the number of shares as to which the stock options would vest on an
accelerated basis upon the occurrence of the specified termination or change of control event,
multiplied by the difference between the closing price per share of our Common Stock on December
31, 2010 and the exercise price per share for the affected options.
Outstanding restricted stock generally will vest immediately upon the occurrence of either of the
following events: (1) the holders death or disability; or (2) the holders termination of
employment following a change of control. Benefits relating to accelerated vesting of restricted
stock in connection with termination following a change of control (or, in the case of Mr.
Hermance, in anticipation of, or upon a change of control), or upon disability or death are as
follows: Mr. Hermance, $11,601,674; Mr. Molinelli, $2,828,004; Mr. Zapico, $2,070,587; Mr. Jones,
$1,753,060; Mr. Hardin, $1,611,858. Benefits in connection with other events of termination
addressed in the table below are as follows: Mr. Hermance, $5,760,721; Mr. Molinelli, $1,426,244;
Mr. Zapico (normal retirement only), $1,093,306; Mr. Jones (normal retirement only), $886,431; Mr.
Hardin (normal retirement only), $734,529. The value of the accelerated vesting benefit equals the
number of shares of restricted stock that would vest on an accelerated basis on the occurrence of
the specified termination or change of control event times the closing price per share of our
Common Stock on December 31, 2010, plus accrued dividends and the interest on the dividend balance.
Our incentive plans define change of control in substantially the same manner as the change of
control agreements relating to our executives other than Mr. Hermance.
Death Benefits. Death benefits are payable to Messrs. Hermance and Molinelli under our
Supplemental Senior Executive Death Benefit Plan, as described under Pension Benefits 2010.
Death benefits are payable to Messrs. Zapico, Jones and Hardin under our 2004 Executive Death
Benefit Plan, as described under Nonqualified Deferred Compensation 2010.
The amount of death benefits payable to each of the named executive officers in the event of his
death would have been as follows on December 31, 2010: Mr. Hermance, $1,144,400; Mr. Molinelli,
$846,700; Mr. Zapico, $1,536,000; Mr. Jones, $1,380,900; Mr. Hardin, $1,545,200.
Summary Table. The following table summarizes the amounts payable to each of the named executive
officers based on the items described above with respect to each of the events set forth in the
table. As used in the table below, change of control refers to payment or other benefit events
occurring upon a change of control or in connection with a termination related to a change of
control, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voluntary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination/Early |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination |
|
Normal |
|
Not For Cause |
|
Change of |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
For Cause |
|
Retirement |
|
Termination |
|
Control |
|
Disability |
|
Death |
Frank S. Hermance |
|
$ |
5,760,721 |
|
|
$ |
13,288,382 |
|
|
$ |
23,251,904 |
|
|
$ |
25,256,904 |
|
|
$ |
19,129,335 |
|
|
$ |
20,273,735 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
1,426,244 |
|
|
|
3,242,621 |
|
|
|
1,426,244 |
|
|
|
7,272,230 |
|
|
|
4,644,381 |
|
|
|
5,491,081 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,415,448 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,523,751 |
|
|
|
3,392,729 |
|
|
|
4,928,729 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,019,425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,996,891 |
|
|
|
2,886,054 |
|
|
|
4,266,954 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737,292 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,592,981 |
|
|
|
2,614,621 |
|
|
|
4,159,821 |
|
40
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved stock ownership guidelines for
all executive officers, and reviews stock ownership on an annual basis. See Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Stock Ownership Guidelines on page 26 for a discussion of stock
ownership guidelines for our named executive officers.
The Board of Directors established stock ownership guidelines for non-employee Directors in order
to more closely link their interests with those of stockholders. Under the guidelines, each
non-employee Director is expected to own, by the end of a five-year period, shares of our Common
Stock having a value equal to at least five times the Directors annual cash retainer. Each
non-employee Director other than Mr. Conti, who was first elected to the Board of Directors in
2010, has exceeded his or her required stock ownership level of five times his or her annual
retainer.
The following table shows the number of shares of Common Stock that the Directors and all executive
officers as a group beneficially owned, and the number of deemed shares held for the account of the
executive officers under the SERP as of January 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares and |
|
|
Nature of Ownership (1) |
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Right to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Beneficial |
|
|
Beneficially |
|
Acquire |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of |
|
|
|
|
|
and SERP |
Name |
|
Owned |
|
(2) |
|
Total |
|
Class |
|
SERP |
|
Ownership |
Anthony J. Conti |
|
|
1,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,032 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,032 |
|
Sheldon S. Gordon |
|
|
192,532 |
|
|
|
28,155 |
|
|
|
220,687 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220,687 |
|
John W. Hardin |
|
|
54,250 |
|
|
|
39,811 |
|
|
|
94,061 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
6,647 |
|
|
|
100,708 |
|
Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
1,657,362 |
|
|
|
827,828 |
|
|
|
2,485,190 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
% |
|
|
219,097 |
|
|
|
2,704,287 |
|
Timothy N. Jones |
|
|
69,861 |
|
|
|
97,855 |
|
|
|
167,716 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
12,506 |
|
|
|
180,222 |
|
Charles D. Klein (3) |
|
|
216,757 |
|
|
|
28,155 |
|
|
|
244,912 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,912 |
|
Steven W. Kohlhagen |
|
|
31,395 |
|
|
|
14,430 |
|
|
|
45,825 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,825 |
|
James R. Malone |
|
|
51,492 |
|
|
|
28,155 |
|
|
|
79,647 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,647 |
|
John J. Molinelli |
|
|
425,815 |
|
|
|
218,370 |
|
|
|
644,185 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
78,511 |
|
|
|
722,696 |
|
David P. Steinmann (4) |
|
|
186,006 |
|
|
|
17,861 |
|
|
|
203,867 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203,867 |
|
Elizabeth R. Varet (5) |
|
|
552,578 |
|
|
|
28,155 |
|
|
|
580,733 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
580,733 |
|
Dennis K. Williams |
|
|
8,895 |
|
|
|
14,430 |
|
|
|
23,325 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,325 |
|
David A. Zapico |
|
|
78,202 |
|
|
|
95,418 |
|
|
|
173,620 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
21,793 |
|
|
|
195,413 |
|
Directors and
Executive Officers as
a Group (14 persons)
including individuals
named above |
|
|
3,526,501 |
|
|
|
1,484,445 |
|
|
|
5,010,946 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
348,425 |
|
|
|
5,359,371 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock. |
|
(1) |
|
Under Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, beneficial ownership
of a security consists of sole or shared voting power (including the power to vote or direct
the vote) and/or sole or shared investment power (including the power to dispose or direct the
disposition) with respect to the security through any contract, arrangement, understanding,
relationship or otherwise. |
|
(2) |
|
Shares the Director or executive officer has a right to acquire through stock option
exercises within 60 days of January 31, 2011. |
(Footnotes continue on following page.)
41
(3) |
|
Includes 4,500 shares owned by one of Mr. Kleins adult children through a trust for which
Mr. Kleins wife is the trustee and as to which Mr. Klein disclaims any beneficial ownership.
Includes 10,500 shares held by a charitable foundation of which Mr. Klein is a director. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 23,400 shares owned by Mr. Steinmanns wife, as to which Mr. Steinmann disclaims any
beneficial ownership. Mr. Steinmann has shared voting and investment power with respect to
148,611 shares, as to 72,315 of which such power is shared with Ms. Varet and others. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 49,500 shares, of which 45,000 shares are owned by a trust of which Ms. Varets
husband is a beneficiary and 4,500 shares are owned by Ms. Varets adult children, as to which
Ms. Varet disclaims any beneficial ownership. Ms. Varet has shared voting and investment
power with respect to 439,321 shares, as to 72,315 shares of which such power is shared with
Mr. Steinmann and others. |
42
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table provides information regarding the only entities known to us to be
beneficial owners of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock as of
March 18, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent |
Beneficial Owner |
|
Nature of Beneficial Ownership |
|
Number of Shares |
|
of Class |
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
100 E. Pratt Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
|
|
Sole voting power for 2,765,640
shares and sole dispositive power......
(1)
|
|
|
12,067,565 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
% |
Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P.
227 West Monroe Street, Suite 3000
Chicago, IL 60606
|
|
Sole voting power for 10,667,850
shares and sole dispositive power......
(2)
|
|
|
11,359,350 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
BlackRock, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10022
|
|
Sole voting and dispositive power......
(3)
|
|
|
9,486,855 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 10, 2011. These securities are owned by various
individual and institutional investors including the T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc.
(which owns 8,625,000 shares, representing 5.3% of the shares outstanding, for which T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. (Price Associates) serves as investment adviser with power to direct
investments and/or sole power to vote the securities). For purposes of the reporting
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Price Associates is deemed to be a
beneficial owner of such securities; however, Price Associates expressly disclaims that it is,
in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 10, 2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 3, 2011. |
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our Directors and
officers to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and
reports of changes in ownership of our Common Stock. Copies of all such Section 16(a) reports are
required to be furnished to us. These filing requirements also apply to holders of more than 10%
of our Common Stock, but we do not know of any person that holds more than 10% of our Common Stock.
To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of Section 16(a) reports furnished to us
and written representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010, our officers and Directors were in compliance with all Section 16(a) filing
requirements.
43
OTHER BUSINESS
We are not aware of any other matters that will be presented at the Annual Meeting. If other
matters are properly introduced, the individuals named on the enclosed proxy card will vote the
shares it represents in accordance with their judgment.
By Order of the Board of Directors
Kathryn E. Sena
Corporate Secretary
Dated: March 25, 2011
MULTIPLE STOCKHOLDERS SHARING THE SAME ADDRESS
Registered and street-name stockholders who reside at a single address receive only one annual
report and proxy statement at that address unless a stockholder provides contrary instructions.
This practice is known as householding and is designed to reduce duplicate printing and postage
costs. However, if a stockholder wishes in the future to receive a separate annual report or proxy
statement, he or she may contact our transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
toll-free at 1-800-937-5449, or in writing at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Stockholder
Services, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. Stockholders can request householding
if they receive multiple copies of the annual report and proxy statement by contacting American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company at the address above.
ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION OF PROXY STATEMENTS
AND ANNUAL REPORTS
To receive future AMETEK, Inc. proxy statements and annual reports electronically, please
visit www.amstock.com. Click on Shareholder Account Access to enroll. After logging in, select
Receive Company Mailings via E-mail. Once enrolled, stockholders will no longer receive a printed
copy of proxy materials, unless they request one. Each year they will receive an e-mail explaining
how to access the Annual Report and Proxy Statement online as well as how to vote their shares
online. They may suspend electronic distribution at any time by contacting American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company.
44
APPENDIX A
AMETEK, INC.
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
1. Purpose
The purpose of the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan) is (i)
to provide designated employees of AMETEK, Inc. (the Company) and its subsidiaries and
non-employee members of the board of directors of the Company with the opportunity to receive
grants of stock options, stock units, stock awards and stock appreciation rights and (ii) to
provide selected executive employees with the opportunity to receive annual bonus awards that are
considered qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code. The Company believes that the Plan will encourage the participants to contribute materially
to the growth of the Company, thereby benefiting the Companys stockholders, and will align the
economic interests of the participants with those of the stockholders. The Company intends that
Grants made under the Plan be exempt from or comply with section 409A of the Code, and the Plan
shall be so construed. The Plan shall be effective as of February 2, 2011, subject to approval by
the stockholders of the Company at the 2011 annual stockholders meeting. Any Grant or Bonus
Award (as defined below) made under the Plan prior to the 2011 annual stockholders meeting shall
be subject to stockholder approval of the Plan at the 2011 annual stockholders meeting. If for
any reason the stockholders of the Company do not approve the Plan at the 2011 annual
stockholders meeting, the Plan shall immediately terminate and no Grants or Bonus Awards shall be
made under the Plan.
2. Definitions
Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms will have the respective meanings set forth
below:
(a) Affiliate means (i) any entity, other than the Parent Corporation, that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) an entity,
other than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the term control (including the
term controlled by) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of the relevant entity, whether through the ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; or shall have such other meaning assigned such
term for the purposes of registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.
(b) Board means the Companys Board of Directors.
(c) Bonus Award means an annual bonus awarded under the Plan that is designated as
qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code, as described in
Section 13.
(d) Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i) Any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in section
1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B) of the Treasury Regulations) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that,
together with the stock held by such person or group of persons, constitutes more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company.
However, if such person or group of persons is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of
the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company before this transfer
of the Companys stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons acting as
a group shall not be considered to cause a Change of Control of the Company; or
(ii) Any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in section
1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B) of the Treasury Regulations) acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)
month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group of persons)
ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power
of the stock of the Company. However, if such person or group of persons is considered to own
thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company
A-1
before this acquisition, the acquisition of additional control or stock of the Company by the
same person or group of persons shall not cause a Change of Control of the Company; or
(iii) A majority of members of the Companys Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month
period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of
the Companys Board before the date of the appointment or election; or
(iv) Any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in section
1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B) of the Treasury Regulations) acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)
month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group of persons)
assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to substantially all but in
no event less than forty percent (40%) of the total fair market value of all assets of the Company
immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value
means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of,
determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. A transfer of assets by
the Company will not result in a Change of Control under this Section, if the assets are
transferred to:
|
(A) |
|
A shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in
exchange for or with respect to its stock; |
|
|
(B) |
|
An entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company immediately after the transfer
of assets; |
|
|
(C) |
|
A person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in section
1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B) of the Treasury Regulations) that owns, directly or indirectly,
fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding
stock of the Company; or |
|
|
(D) |
|
An entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of
which is owned directly or indirectly, by a person or group of persons described in
section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B)(1)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations. |
For purposes of this Section, no acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by the Employee,
his affiliates and associates, the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit
plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or any person or entity organized,
appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit
plan shall constitute a Change in Control.
(e) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(f) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee appointed
by the Board to administer the Plan. With respect to Bonus Awards and Grants that are intended to
be qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall
consist of two (2) or more persons appointed by the Board, all of whom shall be outside directors
as defined under section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also consist of directors who are
non-employee directors as defined under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(g) Company means AMETEK, Inc. and any successor corporation.
(h) Company Stock means the common stock of the Company.
(i) Disability means, unless otherwise provided in the Grant Agreement, either (i) the
Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) the
Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than
twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3)
months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or Affiliate.
A-2
(j) Dividend means a dividend paid on shares of Company Stock subject to a Stock Award while
the Stock Award is subject to restrictions. If interest is credited on accumulated dividends, the
term Dividend shall include the accrued interest.
(k) Dividend Equivalent means an amount calculated with respect to a Stock Unit, which is
determined by multiplying the number of shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Unit by the
per-share cash dividend, or the per-share fair market value (as determined by the Committee) of any
dividend in consideration other than cash, paid by the Company on its Company Stock. If interest
is credited on accumulated dividend equivalents, the term Dividend Equivalent shall include the
accrued interest.
(l) Effective Date of the Plan means February 2, 2011, subject to approval of the Plan by
the stockholders of the Company.
(m) Employee means an employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including an officer or
director who is also an employee), but excluding any person who is classified by the Company or any
Affiliate as a contractor or consultant, no matter how characterized by the Internal Revenue
Service, other governmental agency or a court. Any change of characterization of an individual by
the Internal Revenue Service or any court or government agency shall have no effect upon the
classification of an individual as an Employee for purposes of this Plan, unless the Committee
determines otherwise.
(n) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(o) Exercise Price means the per share price at which shares of Company Stock may be
purchased under an Option, as designated by the Committee.
(p) Fair Market Value of Company Stock means, unless the Committee determines otherwise with
respect to a particular Grant, (i) if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is a
national securities exchange, the last reported sale price of Company Stock on the relevant date
(if applicable, as reported on the Consolidated Tape) or (if there were no trades on that date) the
latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, (ii) if the Company Stock is not principally
traded on such exchange, the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices of Company
Stock on the relevant date, as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Company Stock is
not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not so reported, the Fair Market Value per share
shall be as determined by the Committee, using such method or means that shall comply with the
requirements of a reasonable valuation method as described under section 409A of the Code, if
applicable.
(q) Grant means an Option, Stock Unit, Stock Award or SAR granted under the Plan.
(r) Grant Agreement means the written instrument that sets forth the terms and conditions of
a Grant or Bonus Award, including all amendments thereto.
(s) Incentive Stock Option means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of an
incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code.
(t) Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company
or any Affiliate.
(u) Nonqualified Stock Option means an Option that is not intended to be taxed as an
incentive stock option under section 422 of the Code.
(v) Option means an option to purchase shares of Company Stock, as described in Section 7.
(w) Parent Corporation means any present or future parent corporation of the Company, as
defined in section 424(e) of the Code.
A-3
(x) Participant means an Employee or Non-Employee Director designated to participate in the
Plan.
(y) Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary
Corporation or Affiliate.
(z) Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which
are then Participating Companies.
(aa) Plan means this AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, as in effect
from time to time.
(bb) SAR means a stock appreciation right as described in Section 10.
(cc) Section 409A Deferred Compensation means compensation provided pursuant to the Plan
that constitutes deferred compensation subject to and not exempted from the requirements of section
409A of the Code.
(dd) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(ee) Separation from Service means the termination of the Participants employment or
service relationship with the Company and all Affiliates as determined under section 409A of the
Code. Separation from Service means, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the termination
of the Employees employment relationship with all of the Company, any Parent Corporation, any
Subsidiary Corporation and any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of section
422(a)(2) of the Code) of any such corporation that issues or assumes an Incentive Stock Option in
a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies.
(ff) Stock Award means an award of Company Stock as described in Section 9.
(gg) Stock Unit means an award of a phantom unit representing a share of Company Stock, as
described in Section 8.
(hh) Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future subsidiary corporation of the
Company, as defined in section 424(f) of the Code.
3. Administration
(a) Committee. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee.
Ministerial functions may be performed by an administrative committee comprised of Company
employees appointed by the Committee.
(b) Committee Authority. The Committee shall have the complete authority to (i)
determine the Participants to whom Grants or Bonus Awards shall be made under the Plan, (ii)
determine the type, size and terms and conditions of the Grants or Bonus Awards to be made to each
such Participant, (iii) determine the time when the Grants or Bonus Awards will be made (iv)
establish any performance goals for Grants and Bonus Awards, (v) determine the duration of any
applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability or vesting and
any acceleration of exercisability or vesting, (vi) amend the terms and conditions of any
previously issued Grant or Bonus Award, subject to the provisions of Section 19 below, and (vii)
deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.
(c) Committee Determinations. The Committee shall have full power and express
discretionary authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to
adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements and instruments for implementing the Plan and
for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion. The
Committees interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Committee pursuant to
the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons
A-4
having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder. All powers of the
Committee shall be executed in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a
fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly
situated Participants.
4. Grants and Bonus Awards
(a) Grants under the Plan may consist of Options as described in Section 7, Stock Units as
described in Section 8, Stock Awards as described in Section 9, and SARs as described in Section
10. Bonus Awards may be granted as described in Section 13. All Grants and Bonus Awards shall be
subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate and as are specified in
writing by the Committee to the Participant in the Grant Agreement.
(b) All Grants and Bonus Awards shall be made conditional upon the Participants
acknowledgement, in writing or by acceptance of the Grant or Bonus Award, that all decisions and
determinations of the Committee shall be final and binding on the Participant, his or her
beneficiaries and any other person having or claiming an interest under such Grant or Bonus Award.
Grants and Bonus Awards need not be uniform as among the Participants.
5. Shares Subject to the Plan
(a) Shares Authorized. The total aggregate number of shares of Company Stock that may
be issued under the Plan is 8,500,000 shares, subject to adjustment as described in subsection (e)
below.
(b) Limit on Stock Awards and Stock Units. Within the aggregate limit described in
subsection (a), the maximum number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued under the Plan
pursuant to Stock Awards, Stock Units and Dividend Equivalents during the term of the Plan is
2,550,000 shares, subject to adjustment as described in subsection (e) below.
(c) Source of Shares; Share Counting. Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized
but unissued shares of Company Stock or reacquired shares of Company Stock, including shares
purchased by the Company on the open market for purposes of the Plan. If and to the extent Options
or SARs granted under the Plan terminate, expire, or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or
surrendered without having been exercised, and if and to the extent that any Stock Awards or Stock
Units are forfeited or terminated, or otherwise are not paid in full, the shares reserved for such
Grants shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. Shares of Stock surrendered in payment
of the Exercise Price of an Option, and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes, shall
not be available for re-issuance under the Plan. If SARs are exercised, the full number of shares
subject to the SARs shall be considered issued under the Plan, without regard to the number of
shares issued upon exercise of the SARs and without regard to any cash settlement of the SARs. To
the extent that a Grant of Stock Units is designated in the Grant Agreement to be paid in cash, and
not in shares of Company Stock, such Grants shall not count against the share limits in subsection
(a).
(d) Individual Limits. All Grants under the Plan shall be expressed in shares of
Company Stock. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which all
Grants may be made under the Plan to any individual during any calendar year shall be 2,975,000
shares, subject to adjustment as described in subsection (e) below. The foregoing limit of this
subsection (d) shall apply without regard to whether the Grants are to be paid in Company Stock or
cash. All cash payments with respect to Grants (other than with respect to Dividend Equivalents,
Dividends or Bonus Awards) shall equal the Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock to
which the cash payments relate. A Participant may not accrue Dividend Equivalents and Dividends on
performance-based Grants described in Section 11 during any calendar year in excess of $500,000.
(e) Adjustments. If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Company
Stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or
combination or exchange of shares, (ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization or consolidation,
(iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value, or (iv) by reason of any other
extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding Company Stock as
A-5
a class without the Companys receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares
of Company Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or the Companys payment of an
extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock available for
issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock for which any individual may
receive Grants in any year, the kind and number of shares covered by outstanding Grants, the kind
and number of shares issued and to be issued under the Plan, and the price per share or the
applicable market value of such Grants shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee to reflect any
increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, the issued shares of
Company Stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and
benefits under the Plan and such outstanding Grants; provided, however, that any fractional shares
resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated. In the event of a Change in Control of the
Company, the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan shall apply. Any adjustments to outstanding
Grants shall be consistent with section 409A or 424 of the Code, to the extent applicable. Any
adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6. Eligibility for Participation
All Employees, including Employees who are officers or members of the Board, and all
Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall select
the Employees and Non-Employee Directors to receive Grants and shall determine the number of shares
of Company Stock subject to each Grant. Eligible individuals may receive more than one Grant.
However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to receive a
Grant, or, having received a Grant, to receive an additional Grant.
7. Options
(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant Options to an Employee or
Non-Employee Director upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate under this
Section 7. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock that will be
subject to each Grant of Options to Employees and Non-Employee Directors.
(b) Type of Option, Price and Term.
(i) The Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options or any
combination of the two, all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or Parent Corporation or
Subsidiary Corporation. Nonqualified Stock Options may be granted to Employees or Non-Employee
Directors.
(ii) The Exercise Price of Company Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the
Committee and shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock
on the date the Option is granted. An Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to an Employee
who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or Parent Corporation or Subsidiary
Corporation.
(iii) The Committee shall determine the term of each Option, which shall not exceed ten years
from the date of grant.
(c) Exercisability of Options.
(i) Options shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be
determined by the Committee and specified in the Grant Agreement. The Committee may grant options
that are subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions.
(ii) Options granted to persons who are non-exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards
Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at least six months after the date of grant
(except that such Options may become exercisable, as determined by the Committee, upon the
Participants death, disability or retirement, or upon a Change of Control or other circumstances
permitted by applicable regulations).
A-6
(d) Separation from Service. Except as provided in the Grant Agreement, an Option
may only be exercised while the Participant is employed by the Company or any Affiliate, or
providing service as a Non-Employee Director. The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement
under what circumstances, if any, and during what time periods a Participant may exercise an Option
after Separation from Service.
(e) Exercise of Options. A Participant may exercise an Option that has become
exercisable, in whole or in part, by delivering a notice of exercise to the Company. The
Participant shall pay the Exercise Price for the Option (i) in cash, (ii) if permitted by the
Committee, by delivering shares of Company Stock owned by the Participant and having a Fair Market
Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or by attestation to ownership of shares
of Company Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the
Exercise Price, (iii) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by
Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, or (iv) by such other method as the Committee may
approve. Shares of Company Stock used to exercise an Option shall have been held by the
Participant for the requisite period of time to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the
Company with respect to the Option. Payment of the Exercise Price for the shares pursuant to the
Option, and any required withholding taxes, must be received by the time specified by the Committee
depending on the type of payment being made, but in all cases simultaneously with or prior to the
issuance of the Company Stock.
(f) Limits on Incentive Stock Options. Each Incentive Stock Option shall provide
that, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the stock on the date of the grant with respect to
which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any
calendar year, under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company or Parent Corporation
or Subsidiary Corporation, exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Option, as to
the excess, shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not
be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or Parent Corporation or Subsidiary
Corporation.
(g) 409A Compliance. All Options are intended to comply with section 409A of the
Code.
8. Stock Units
(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant Stock Units to an Employee or
Non-Employee Director, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate under this
Section 8. Each Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive a share of
Company Stock or an amount based on the value of a share of Company Stock. All Stock Units shall
be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the Companys records for purposes of the Plan.
(b) Terms of Stock Units. The Committee may grant Stock Units that are payable on
terms and conditions determined by the Committee, which may include payment based on achievement of
performance goals. Stock Units may be paid at the end of a specified vesting or performance
period, or payment may be deferred to a date authorized by the Committee, however in no event shall
the vesting period or performance period be less than one year. The Committee shall determine the
number of Stock Units to be granted and the requirements applicable to such Stock Units.
(c) Payment With Respect to Stock Units. Payment with respect to Stock Units shall be
made in cash, in Company Stock, or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee.
The Grant Agreement shall specify the maximum number of shares that can be issued under the Stock
Units.
(d) Requirement of Employment or Service. Except as provided in the Grant Agreement,
a Stock Unit may only be paid while the Participant is employed by the Company or any Affiliate, or
providing service as a Non-Employee Director. The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement
under what circumstances, if any, a Participant may retain Stock Units after the Participants
Separation from Service, and the circumstances under which Stock Units may be forfeited.
A-7
(e) Rights of Participants. Participants who receive Stock Units shall have no rights
as stockholders with respect to such Stock Units until such time as a book entry account is
recorded with the Companys transfer agent for Common Stock issued to the Participants; and such
Participants shall never have rights as stockholders if the Stock Units are payable in cash.
(f) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalents in connection
with Stock Units, under such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Dividend
Equivalents will be withheld while the Stock Units are subject to restrictions and the Dividend
Equivalents shall be payable only upon the lapse of the restrictions on the Stock Units, or on such
other terms as the Committee determines, at a time that satisfies the requirements of (or an
exemption from) section 409A of the Code, including the rules and regulations thereunder. All
Dividend Equivalents that are not paid currently shall be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the
Companys records for purposes of the Plan. Dividend Equivalents may be accrued as a cash
obligation, or may be converted to additional Stock Units for the Participant, and deferred
Dividend Equivalents may accrue interest, all as determined by the Committee. The Committee may
provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be payable based on the achievement of specific performance
goals. Dividend Equivalents may be payable in cash or shares of Company Stock or in a combination
of the two, as determined by the Committee.
9. Stock Awards
(a) General Requirements. The Committee may issue shares of Company Stock to an
Employee or Non-Employee Director under a Stock Award, upon such terms and conditions as the
Committee deems appropriate under this Section 9. Shares of Company Stock issued pursuant to Stock
Awards may be issued for cash consideration or for no cash consideration, and subject to
restrictions or no restrictions, as determined by the Committee; provided that no Stock Awards
shall have a vesting period of less than three years, except upon the occurrence of such special
circumstance or event as, in the opinion of the Committee, merits special consideration. The
Committee may establish conditions under which restrictions on Stock Awards shall lapse over a
period of time or according to such other criteria as the Committee deems appropriate including
restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, however in no event shall
the vesting period be less than one year. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of
Company Stock to be issued pursuant to a Stock Award.
(b) Requirement of Employment or Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Grant
Agreement, shares of Company Stock pursuant to a Stock Award may only be issued while the
Participant is employed by the Company or any Affiliate, or providing service as a Non-Employee
Director. The Committee shall determine in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances, if any, a
Participant may retain Stock Awards after the Participants Separation from Service, and the
circumstances under which Stock Awards may be forfeited.
(c) Restrictions on Transfer. While Stock Awards are subject to restrictions, a
Participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of a Stock
Award except upon death as described in Section 16(a).
(d) Right to Vote and to Receive Dividends. The Committee shall determine to what
extent, and under what conditions, the Participant shall have the right to vote shares of Stock
Awards and to receive any Dividends paid on such shares during the restriction period. The
Committee may determine that Dividends on Stock Awards shall be withheld while the Stock Awards are
subject to restrictions and that the Dividends shall be payable only upon the lapse of the
restrictions on the Stock Awards, or on such other terms as the Committee determines. Dividends
that are not paid currently shall be credited to bookkeeping accounts on the Companys records for
purposes of the Plan. Accumulated Dividends may accrue interest, as determined by the Committee,
and shall be paid in cash or in such other form as the Committee determines.
10. Stock Appreciation Rights
(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant SARs to an Employee or Non-Employee
Director separately or in tandem with an Option. The Committee shall establish the number of
shares, the term and the base amount of the SAR at the time the SAR is granted. The base amount of
each SAR shall be not less than the
A-8
Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date of Grant of the SAR. The term of
each SAR shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant.
(b) Tandem SARs. The Committee may grant tandem SARs either at the time the Option is
granted or at any time thereafter while the Option remains outstanding; provided, however, that, in
the case of an Incentive Stock Option, SARs may be granted only at the date of the grant of the
Incentive Stock Option. In the case of tandem SARs, the number of SARs granted to a Participant
that shall be exercisable during a specified period shall not exceed the number of shares of
Company Stock that the Participant may purchase upon the exercise of the related Option during such
period. Upon the exercise of an Option, the SARs relating to the Company Stock covered by such
Option shall terminate. Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall terminate to the
extent of an equal number of shares of Company Stock.
(c) Exercisability. An SAR shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and
conditions as may be determined by Committee in the Grant Agreement. The Committee may grant SARs
that are subject to achievement of performance goals or other conditions. Except as provided in
the Grant Agreement, an SAR may only be exercised while the Participant is employed by the Company
or any Affiliate, or providing service as a Non-Employee Director. The Committee shall determine
in the Grant Agreement under what circumstances, if any, and during what periods a Participant may
exercise an SAR after termination of employment or service. A tandem SAR shall be exercisable only
while the Option to which it is related is exercisable.
(d) Grants to Non-Exempt Employees. SARs granted to persons who are non-exempt
employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, may not be exercisable for at
least six months after the date of grant (except that such SARs may become exercisable, as
determined by the Committee, upon the Participants death, disability or retirement, or upon a
Change of Control or other circumstances permitted by applicable regulations).
(e) Exercise of SARs. When a Participant exercises SARs, the Participant shall
receive in settlement of such SARs an amount equal to the value of the stock appreciation for the
number of SARs exercised. The stock appreciation for an SAR is the amount by which the Fair Market
Value of the underlying Company Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the base amount of
the SAR as specified in the Grant Agreement. The Committee shall determine whether the stock
appreciation for an SAR shall be paid in the form of shares of Company Stock, cash or a combination
of the two. For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Company Stock to be received,
shares of Company Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the
SAR.
11. Qualified Performance-Based Compensation
(a) Designation as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee may
determine that Stock Units, Stock Awards, Dividend Equivalents or Dividends granted to an executive
Employee shall be considered qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the
Code, in which case the provisions of this Section 11 shall apply.
(b) Performance Goals. When Grants are made under this Section 11, the Committee
shall establish in writing (i) the objective performance goals that must be met, (ii) the period
during which performance will be measured, (iii) the maximum amounts that may be paid if the
performance goals are met, and (iv) any other conditions that the Committee deems appropriate and
consistent with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code for qualified performance-based
compensation. The performance goals shall satisfy the requirements for qualified
performance-based compensation, including the requirement that the achievement of the goals be
substantially uncertain at the time they are established and that the performance goals be
established in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts could determine
whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met. The Committee shall not have
discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable, but may reduce the amount of
compensation that is payable, pursuant to Grants identified by the Committee as qualified
performance-based compensation.
A-9
(c) Criteria Used for Objective Performance Goals. The Committee shall use
objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: stock
price, earnings per share, diluted earnings per share, price-earnings multiples, net income,
operating income, revenues, working capital, operating working capital, number of days sales
outstanding in accounts receivable, inventory turnover, productivity, operating income margin,
EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), net capital employed,
return on assets, stockholder return, return on equity, return on capital employed, growth in
assets, unit volume, sales, sales growth, return on sales, internal sales growth, operating cash
flow, free cash flow, market share, relative performance to a comparison group designated by the
Committee, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting
specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, customer growth, geographic business expansion
goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. The performance goals may
relate to one or more business units or the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries as a
whole, or any combination of the foregoing. Performance goals need not be uniform among
Participants.
(d) Timing of Establishment of Goals. The Committee shall establish the performance
goals in writing either before the beginning of the performance period or during a period ending no
later than the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days after the beginning of the performance period or
(ii) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the performance period has been completed, or
such other date as may be required or permitted under applicable regulations under section 162(m)
of the Code.
(e) Certification of Results. The Committee shall certify the performance results for
the performance period specified in the Grant Agreement after the performance period ends. The
Committee shall determine the amount, if any, to be paid pursuant to each Grant based on the
achievement of the performance goals and the satisfaction of all other terms of the Grant
Agreement.
(f) Death, Disability or Other Circumstances. The Committee may provide in the Grant
Agreement that Grants under this Section 11 shall be payable, in whole or in part, in the event of
the Participants death or disability, a Change of Control or under other circumstances consistent
with the Treasury regulations and rulings under section 162(m) of the Code.
12. Consequences of a Change of Control
(a) Alternatives upon a Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the
Committee may take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any or all outstanding
Grants, without the consent of any Participant: (i) the Committee may determine that outstanding
Options and SARs shall be fully exercisable, and restrictions on outstanding Stock Awards shall
lapse and accumulated Dividends shall be paid, as of the date of the Change of Control or at such
other time as the Committee determines, (ii) the Committee may require that Participants surrender
their outstanding Options and SARs in exchange for one or more payments by the Company, in cash or
Company Stock as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which
the then Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Participants unexercised
Options and SARs exceeds the Exercise Price, and on such terms as the Committee determines, (iii)
after giving Participants an opportunity to exercise their outstanding Options and SARs, the
Committee may terminate any or all unexercised Options and SARs at such time as the Committee deems
appropriate, (iv) with respect to Participants holding Stock Units, the Committee may determine
that such Participants shall receive one or more payments in settlement of such Stock Units and
accumulated Dividend Equivalents, in such amount and form and on such terms as may be determined by
the Committee, or (v) the Committee may determine that any Grants that remain outstanding after the
Change of Control shall be converted to similar grants of the surviving corporation (or a parent or
subsidiary of the surviving corporation). Such acceleration, surrender, termination, settlement or
conversion shall take place as of the date of the Change of Control or such other date as the
Committee may specify.
(b) Other Transactions. The Committee may provide in a Grant Agreement that a sale or
other transaction involving a Subsidiary Corporation or other business unit of the Company shall be
considered a Change of Control for purposes of a Grant, or the Committee may establish other
provisions that shall be applicable in the event of a specified transaction.
A-10
13. Annual Bonus Awards
(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant annual Bonus Awards that shall be
considered qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code to Employees
who are executive Employees, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate
under this Section 13.
(b) Target Bonus Awards and Performance Goals. When the Committee decides to make
Bonus Awards under this Section 13, the Committee shall select the executive Employees who will be
eligible for Bonus Awards, specify the annual performance period and establish target Bonus Awards
and performance goals for the performance period. The performance period shall be the Companys
fiscal year or such other period (of not more than 12 months) as the Committee determines. The
Committee shall determine each Participants target Bonus Award based on the Participants
responsibility level, position or such other criteria as the Committee shall determine. A
Participants target Bonus Award may provide for differing amounts to be paid based on differing
thresholds of performance. The Committee shall establish in writing (i) the objective performance
goals that must be met in order for the Bonus Awards to be paid for the performance period, (ii)
the maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met, (iii) any threshold levels
of performance that must be met in order for Bonus Awards to be paid, and (iv) any other conditions
that the Committee deems appropriate and consistent with the requirements of section 162(m) of the
Code for qualified performance-based compensation. The performance goals shall satisfy the
requirements for qualified performance-based compensation, including the requirement that the
achievement of the goals be substantially uncertain at the time they are established and that the
performance goals be established in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant
facts could determine whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met. The Company
shall notify each Participant of the Participants target Bonus Award and the applicable
performance goals for the performance period.
(c) Criteria Used for Objective Performance Goals. The Committee shall use
objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the criteria described in
Section 11(c) above. The performance goals may relate to one or more business units or the
performance of the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing.
Performance goals need not be uniform among Participants.
(d) Timing of Establishment of Target Bonus Awards and Goals. The Committee shall
establish each Participants target Bonus Award and performance goals in writing either before the
beginning of the performance period or during a period ending no later than the earlier of (i)
ninety (90) days after the beginning of the performance period or (ii) the date on which
twenty-five percent (25%) of the performance period has been completed, or such other date as may
be required or permitted under applicable regulations under section 162(m) of the Code.
(e) Maximum Bonus Award Amount. The maximum Bonus Award (designated as qualified
performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code) that may be payable to any
Participant under this Section 13 for an annual performance period is $5,000,000.
(f) Section 162(m) Requirements. A target Bonus Award that is designated as
qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code may not be awarded as
an alternative to any other award that is not designated as qualified performance-based
compensation, but instead must be separate and apart from all other awards made. The Committee
shall not have discretion to increase the amount of compensation that
is payable based upon achievement
of the performance goals, but the Committee may reduce the amount of compensation that is payable
based upon the Committees assessment of personal performance or other factors. Any reduction of a
Participants Bonus Award shall not result in an increase in any other Participants Bonus Award.
(g) Certification of Results. The Committee shall certify the performance results for
the performance period after the performance period ends. The Committee shall determine the
amount, if any, to be paid pursuant to each Bonus Award based on the achievement of the performance
goals, the Committees exercise of its discretion to reduce Bonus Awards and the satisfaction of
all other terms of the Bonus Awards. Subject to the provisions of Sections 13(j) and Section 14,
payment of the Bonus Awards certified by the Committee shall be made in a single
A-11
lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the close of the performance period,
but in any event within two and one half (21/2) months after the close of the performance period.
(h) Limitations on Rights to Payment of Bonus Awards. No Participant shall have any
right to receive payment of a Bonus Award under the Plan for a performance period unless the
Participant remains in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate through the last day of the
performance period; provided, however, that the Committee may determine that if a Participants
employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the performance period, the Participant
may be eligible to receive all or a prorated portion of any Bonus Award that would otherwise have
been earned for the performance period, under such circumstances as the Committee deems
appropriate.
(i) Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to the end of a
performance period, the Committee may determine that each Participant who is then an Employee and
was awarded a target Bonus Award for the performance period may receive a Bonus Award for the
performance period, in such amount and at such time as the Committee determines.
(j) Discretionary and Other Bonuses. In addition to Bonus Awards that are designated
qualified performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code, as described above,
the Committee may grant to executive Employees such other bonuses as the Committee deems
appropriate, which may be based on individual performance, Company performance or such other
criteria as the Committee determines. Decisions with respect to such bonuses shall be made
separate and apart from the Bonus Awards described in this Section 13.
14. Deferrals
The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash or
the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to the Participant in connection with any Grant
or Bonus Award. The Committee shall establish rules and procedures for any such deferrals,
consistent with applicable requirements of section 409A of the Code.
15. Withholding of Taxes
(a) Required Withholding. All Grants and Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be subject
to applicable federal (including FICA), state, local and foreign tax withholding requirements. The
Company may require that the Participant or other person receiving Grants or Bonus Awards or
exercising Grants pay to the Company the amount of any federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if
any, that the Company or any Affiliate is required to withhold with respect to such Grants or Bonus
Awards, or the Company or any Affiliate may deduct from other wages paid by the Company or any
Affiliate the amount of any withholding taxes due with respect to such Grants or Bonus Awards. The
Company or any Affiliate shall have no obligation to deliver shares of stock, to release shares of
stock from an escrow established pursuant to a Grant Agreement, or to make any payment in cash
under the Plan until the Company or any Affiliates tax withholding obligations have been satisfied
by the Participant.
(b) Election to Withhold Shares. If the Committee so permits, shares of Company Stock
may be withheld to satisfy the Company or any Affiliates tax withholding obligation with respect
to Grants paid in Company Stock, at the time such Grants become taxable, up to an amount that does
not exceed the Company or any Affiliates tax withholding obligations.
16. Transferability of Grants and Bonus Awards
(a) Restrictions on Transfer. Except as described in subsection (b) below, only the
Participant may exercise rights under a Grant during the Participants lifetime, and a Participant
may not transfer those rights except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. When a
Participant dies, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of
the Participant may exercise such rights. Any such successor must furnish proof satisfactory to
the Company of his or her right to receive the Grant under the Participants will or under the
applicable laws of descent and distribution. Bonus Awards are not transferable. If a Participant
dies, any amounts
A-12
payable after his death pursuant to a Bonus Award shall be paid to the personal representative
or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the Participant.
(b) Transfer of Nonqualified Stock Options to or for Family Members. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Committee may provide, in a Grant Agreement, that a Participant may transfer
Nonqualified Stock Options to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the
benefit of or owned by family members, consistent with the applicable securities laws, according to
such terms as the Committee may determine; provided that the Participant receives no consideration
for the transfer of an Option and the transferred Option shall continue to be subject to the same
terms and conditions as were applicable to the Option immediately before the transfer.
17. Requirements for Issuance of Shares
No Company Stock shall be issued in connection with any Grant hereunder unless and
until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance of such Company Stock have been complied
with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee shall have the right to condition any
Grant made to any Participant hereunder on such Participants undertaking in writing to comply with
such restrictions on his or her subsequent disposition of such shares of Company Stock as the
Committee shall deem necessary or advisable, and certificates representing such shares may be
legended to reflect any such restrictions. Certificates representing shares of Company Stock
issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be
required by applicable laws, regulations and interpretations, including any requirement that a
legend be placed thereon. No Participant shall have any right as a stockholder with respect to
Company Stock covered by a Grant until shares have been issued to the Participant.
18. Compliance with Section 409A
To the extent that the Committee determines that any Grant or Bonus Award is subject to
Section 409A of the Code, the Grant Agreement evidencing such Grant or Bonus Award shall
incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent
applicable, the Plan and Grant Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of
the Code and regulations thereunder. The Committee may adopt such amendments to the applicable
Grant Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures, or take any other actions, that the
Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Grant or Bonus Award from
Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with
respect to the Grant or Bonus Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code and regulations thereunder and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under
Section 409A of the Code.
19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan
(a) Amendment. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided,
however, that if stockholder approval of an amendment is required in order to comply with the Code
or applicable laws, or to comply with applicable stock exchange requirements, then such amendment
must be approved by the Companys stockholders. No amendment or termination of this Plan shall,
without the consent of the Participant, materially impair any rights or obligations under any Grant
or Bonus Award previously made to the Participant under the Plan, unless such right has been
reserved in the Plan or the Grant Agreement, or except as provided in Section 19(b) below.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Board may amend the Plan in such manner
as it deems appropriate for the purpose of conforming the Plan or a Grant Agreement to any present
or future law, or regulations, including, but not limited to, section 409A of the Code and all
applicable guidance promulgated thereunder.
(b) No Repricing. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee
may not reprice Options or SARs, nor may the Board amend the Plan to permit repricing of Options or
SARs. The term repricing shall have the meaning given that term in Section 303A(8) of the New
York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, as in effect from time to time, or any successor
provision.
A-13
(c) Stockholder Approval for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Grants and Bonus Awards shall be
made contingent upon, and subject to, stockholder approval of the Plan at the 2011 annual
stockholders meeting. If Grants are made under Section 11 above, or if Bonus Awards are made
under Section 13 above, the Plan must be reapproved by the Companys stockholders no later than the
first stockholders meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the
stockholders previously approved the provisions of Sections 11 and 13, if additional Grants are to
be made under Section 11 or if additional Bonus Awards are made under Section 13 and if required by
section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder.
(d) Termination of Plan. The Plan shall terminate on the day immediately preceding
the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board or
is extended by the Board with the approval of the stockholders. The termination of the Plan shall
not impair the power and authority of the Committee with respect to an outstanding Grant.
20. Miscellaneous
(a) Grants in Connection with Corporate Transactions and Otherwise. Nothing contained
in this Plan shall be construed to (i) limit the right of the Committee to make Grants under this
Plan in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of
the business or assets of any corporation, firm or association, including Grants to employees
thereof who become Employees, or for other proper corporate purposes, or (ii) limit the right of
the Company to grant stock options or make other stock-based awards outside of this Plan. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Committee may make a Grant to an employee of another corporation who
becomes an Employee by reason of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or
property, reorganization or liquidation involving the Company in substitution for a grant made by
such corporation. The terms and conditions of the Grants may vary from the terms and conditions
required by the Plan and from those of the substituted stock incentives, as determined by the
Committee.
(b) Compliance with Law. The Plan, the exercise of Options and SARs and the
obligations of the Company to issue or transfer shares of Company Stock under Grants shall be
subject to all applicable laws and to approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be
required. With respect to persons subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of
the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with all applicable provisions
of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act as are necessary to enable the transactions
to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. In addition, it is the intent of the Company
that Incentive Stock Options comply with the applicable provisions of section 422 of the Code, that
Grants of qualified performance-based compensation and Bonus Awards comply with the applicable
provisions of section 162(m) of the Code and that, to the extent applicable, Grants and Bonus
Awards comply with the requirements of section 409A of the Code or an exception from such
requirements. To the extent that any legal requirement or condition of section 16 of the Exchange
Act or section 422, 162(m) or 409A of the Code as set forth in the Plan ceases to be required under
section 16 of the Exchange Act or section 422, 162(m) or 409A of the Code, that Plan provision
shall cease to apply. The Committee may revoke any Grant or Bonus Award if it is contrary to law
or modify a Grant or Bonus Awards to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory
government regulation. The Committee may also adopt rules regarding the withholding of taxes on
payments to Participants. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, agree to limit its authority
under this Section.
(c) Enforceability. The Plan shall be binding upon and enforceable against the
Company and its successors and assigns.
(d) Funding of the Plan; Limitation on Rights. This Plan shall be unfunded. No
Participating Company shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any
other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Grants or Bonus Awards under this Plan.
Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant hereto shall create or be construed to
create a fiduciary relationship between any Participating Company and any Participant or any other
person. No Participant or any other person shall under any circumstances acquire any property
interest in any specific assets of any Participating Company. To the extent that any person
A-14
acquires a right to receive payment from the Company hereunder, such right shall be no greater
than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
(e) Rights of Participants. Nothing in this Plan shall entitle any Employee,
Non-Employee Director or other person to any claim or right to receive a Grant or Bonus Award under
this Plan or, having received a Grant or Bonus Award, to again receive a Grant or Bonus Award.
Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any
rights to be retained by or in the employment or service of the Company or any Affiliate.
(f) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or
delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Grant. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other
awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such
fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
(g) Employees Subject to Taxation Outside the United States. With respect to
Participants who are subject to taxation in countries other than the United States, the Committee
may make Grants on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate to comply with the
laws of the applicable countries, and the Committee may create such procedures, addenda and
subplans and make such modifications as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such laws.
(h) Clawback. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to
the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting
requirement under the securities laws, any Participant who is determined by a Court of competent
jurisdiction to have knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who
knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, shall reimburse the Company
the amount of any payment in settlement of a Grant earned or accrued during the twelve (12) month
period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting
requirement.
(i) Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of the Plan
and Grant Agreements issued under the Plan shall be governed and construed by and determined in
accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving
effect to the conflict of laws and
provisions thereof.
A-15
APPENDIX B
AMETEK, Inc.
ANNUAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND REVIEW OF OPERATIONS
Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Information Relating to AMETEK Common Stock |
|
|
B-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected Financial Data |
|
|
B-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
|
B-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reports of Management |
|
|
B-20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting |
|
|
B-21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Financial Statements |
|
|
B-22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Income |
|
|
B-23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet |
|
|
B-24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity |
|
|
B-25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows |
|
|
B-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
B-27 |
|
B-1
INFORMATION
RELATING TO AMETEK COMMON STOCK
The principal market on which the Companys common stock is
traded is the New York Stock Exchange and it is traded under the
symbol AME.
Market
Price and Dividends Per Share
The high and low sales prices of the Companys common stock
on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape and the quarterly
dividends per share paid on the common stock were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid per share*
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Common stock trading range*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$
|
27.89
|
|
|
$
|
29.59
|
|
|
$
|
32.41
|
|
|
$
|
41.34
|
|
Low
|
|
$
|
23.76
|
|
|
$
|
25.33
|
|
|
$
|
26.46
|
|
|
$
|
31.55
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid per share*
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
Common stock trading range*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$
|
22.24
|
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
25.75
|
|
|
$
|
26.53
|
|
Low
|
|
$
|
16.36
|
|
|
$
|
19.61
|
|
|
$
|
20.17
|
|
|
$
|
22.17
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this Appendix for further details. |
Stock
Performance Graph
The following graph and accompanying table compare the
cumulative total stockholder return for AMETEK, Inc. over the
last five years ended December 31, 2010 with total returns
for the same period for the Russell 1000 Index and the Dow Jones
U.S. Electronic Equipment Index. The performance graph and
table assume a $100 investment made on December 31, 2005
and reinvestment of all dividends. The stock performance shown
on the graph below is based on historical data and is not
necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
AMETEK, Inc.
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
112.94
|
|
|
$
|
167.17
|
|
|
$
|
108.44
|
|
|
$
|
138.24
|
|
|
$
|
214.07
|
|
Russell 1000 Index*
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
115.46
|
|
|
|
122.13
|
|
|
|
76.21
|
|
|
|
97.88
|
|
|
|
113.64
|
|
Dow Jones U.S. Electronic Equipment Index*
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
115.34
|
|
|
|
135.34
|
|
|
|
79.45
|
|
|
|
114.25
|
|
|
|
153.64
|
|
B-2
AMETEK,
INC.
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Consolidated Operating Results
(Year Ended December 31):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,471.0
|
|
|
$
|
2,098.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,531.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,136.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,819.3
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
482.2
|
|
|
$
|
366.1
|
|
|
$
|
432.7
|
|
|
$
|
386.6
|
|
|
$
|
309.0
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
(67.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(68.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(63.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42.2
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
283.9
|
|
|
$
|
205.8
|
|
|
$
|
247.0
|
|
|
$
|
228.0
|
|
|
$
|
181.9
|
|
Earnings per share(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
|
$
|
1.44
|
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
|
$
|
1.27
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
Dividends declared and paid per share(1)
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
159.1
|
|
|
|
160.2
|
|
|
|
159.2
|
|
|
|
158.7
|
|
|
|
157.3
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
160.9
|
|
|
|
161.8
|
|
|
|
161.2
|
|
|
|
161.4
|
|
|
|
159.9
|
|
Performance Measures and Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income Return on sales
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
|
|
18.1
|
%
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
Return on average total assets
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
|
15.8
|
%
|
Net income Return on average total capital(5)
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Return on average stockholders equity(5)
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
20.7
|
%
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
545.9
|
|
|
$
|
428.0
|
|
|
$
|
489.4
|
|
|
$
|
433.9
|
|
|
$
|
351.4
|
|
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense(2)
|
|
|
8.2
|
x
|
|
|
6.3
|
x
|
|
|
7.7
|
x
|
|
|
9.3
|
x
|
|
|
8.3
|
x
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
72.9
|
|
|
$
|
65.5
|
|
|
$
|
63.3
|
|
|
$
|
52.7
|
|
|
$
|
45.9
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
39.2
|
|
|
$
|
33.1
|
|
|
$
|
44.2
|
|
|
$
|
37.6
|
|
|
$
|
29.2
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
423.0
|
|
|
$
|
364.7
|
|
|
$
|
247.3
|
|
|
$
|
278.5
|
|
|
$
|
226.0
|
|
Free cash flow(3)
|
|
$
|
383.8
|
|
|
$
|
331.6
|
|
|
$
|
203.1
|
|
|
$
|
240.9
|
|
|
$
|
196.8
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)
|
|
|
6.4
|
x
|
|
|
4.8
|
x
|
|
|
6.1
|
x
|
|
|
7.3
|
x
|
|
|
6.6
|
x
|
Consolidated Financial Position
(At December 31):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
974.5
|
|
|
$
|
969.4
|
|
|
$
|
954.6
|
|
|
$
|
952.2
|
|
|
$
|
684.1
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
550.9
|
|
|
$
|
424.3
|
|
|
$
|
447.5
|
|
|
$
|
640.8
|
|
|
$
|
480.9
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
318.1
|
|
|
$
|
310.1
|
|
|
$
|
307.9
|
|
|
$
|
293.1
|
|
|
$
|
258.0
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,818.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,246.0
|
|
|
$
|
3,055.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,745.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,130.9
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,071.4
|
|
|
$
|
955.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,093.2
|
|
|
$
|
667.0
|
|
|
$
|
518.3
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
1,168.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,041.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,111.7
|
|
|
$
|
903.0
|
|
|
$
|
681.9
|
|
Stockholders equity(5)
|
|
$
|
1,775.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,567.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,287.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,240.7
|
|
|
$
|
966.7
|
|
Stockholders equity per share(1)(5)
|
|
$
|
11.05
|
|
|
$
|
9.68
|
|
|
$
|
8.04
|
|
|
$
|
7.70
|
|
|
$
|
6.08
|
|
Total debt as a percentage of capitalization(5)
|
|
|
39.7
|
%
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
|
|
46.3
|
%
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
Net debt as a percentage of capitalization(4)(5)
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
33.7
|
%
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
|
37.1
|
%
|
|
|
39.6
|
%
|
See Notes to Selected Financial Data on page B-4.
B-3
Notes to
Selected Financial Data
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Earnings per share, dividends
declared and paid per share, weighted average common shares
outstanding and stockholders equity per share have been
adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this Appendix for further details.
|
|
(2)
|
|
EBITDA represents income before
interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
presented because the Company is aware that it is used by rating
agencies, securities analysts, investors and other parties in
evaluating the Company. It should not be considered, however, as
an alternative to operating income as an indicator of the
Companys operating performance or as an alternative to
cash flows as a measure of the Companys overall liquidity
as presented in the Companys consolidated financial
statements. Furthermore, EBITDA measures shown for the Company
may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other
companies. The following table presents the reconciliation of
net income reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) to EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
283.9
|
|
|
$
|
205.8
|
|
|
$
|
247.0
|
|
|
$
|
228.0
|
|
|
$
|
181.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add (deduct):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
67.5
|
|
|
|
68.8
|
|
|
|
63.7
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
122.3
|
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
|
|
119.3
|
|
|
|
108.4
|
|
|
|
81.8
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
45.4
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
38.9
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjustments
|
|
|
262.0
|
|
|
|
222.2
|
|
|
|
242.4
|
|
|
|
205.9
|
|
|
|
169.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
545.9
|
|
|
$
|
428.0
|
|
|
$
|
489.4
|
|
|
$
|
433.9
|
|
|
$
|
351.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Free cash flow represents cash flow
from operating activities less capital expenditures. Free cash
flow is presented because the Company is aware that it is used
by rating agencies, securities analysts, investors and other
parties in evaluating the Company. (Also see note 2 above).
The following table presents the reconciliation of cash flow
from operating activities reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP
to free cash flow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
423.0
|
|
|
$
|
364.7
|
|
|
$
|
247.3
|
|
|
$
|
278.5
|
|
|
$
|
226.0
|
|
Deduct: Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(39.2
|
)
|
|
|
(33.1
|
)
|
|
|
(44.2
|
)
|
|
|
(37.6
|
)
|
|
|
(29.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
383.8
|
|
|
$
|
331.6
|
|
|
$
|
203.1
|
|
|
$
|
240.9
|
|
|
$
|
196.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Net debt represents total debt
minus cash and cash equivalents. Net debt is presented because
the Company is aware that it is used by securities analysts,
investors and other parties in evaluating the Company. (Also see
note 2 above). The following table presents the
reconciliation of total debt in accordance with U.S. GAAP to net
debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
1,168.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,041.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,111.7
|
|
|
$
|
903.0
|
|
|
$
|
681.9
|
|
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(163.2
|
)
|
|
|
(246.4
|
)
|
|
|
(87.0
|
)
|
|
|
(170.1
|
)
|
|
|
(49.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt
|
|
|
1,005.3
|
|
|
|
795.3
|
|
|
|
1,024.7
|
|
|
|
732.9
|
|
|
|
632.8
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,775.2
|
|
|
|
1,567.0
|
|
|
|
1,287.8
|
|
|
|
1,240.7
|
|
|
|
966.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalization (net debt plus stockholders equity)
|
|
$
|
2,780.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,362.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,312.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,973.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,599.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net debt as a percentage of capitalization
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
33.7
|
%
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
|
37.1
|
%
|
|
|
39.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
The adoption of certain provisions
in Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 715,
Compensation Retirement Benefits for our
defined benefit pension plans, which were effective
December 31, 2006, resulted in a reduction of
$32.7 million to stockholders equity. The adoption of
provisions in FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes as of
January 1, 2007, resulted in a $5.9 million charge to
the opening balance of stockholders equity.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Penalties and interest accrued
related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income
tax expense.
|
B-4
AMETEK,
INC.
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This report includes forward-looking statements based on the
Companys current assumptions, expectations and projections
about future events. When used in this report, the words
believes, anticipates, may,
expect, intend, estimate,
project and similar expressions are intended to
identify forward-looking statements, although not all
forward-looking statements contain such words. In this report,
the Company discloses important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially from managements
expectations. For more information concerning risks and other
factors, that could have a material adverse effect on our
business, or could cause actual results to differ materially
from managements expectations, see Forward-Looking
Information on page B-19.
The following discussion and analysis of the Companys
results of operations and financial condition should be read in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data and the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the related
notes included elsewhere in this Appendix. We begin with an
overview of our business and operations.
Business
Overview
As a global business, AMETEKs operations are affected by
global, regional and industry economic factors. However, the
Companys strategic geographic and industry
diversification, and its mix of products and services, have
helped to limit the potential adverse impact of any unfavorable
developments in any one industry or the economy of any single
country on its consolidated operating results. In 2010, the
Company posted strong sales and established records for
operating income, operating income margins, net income, diluted
earnings per share and operating cash flow. The impact of
contributions from recent acquisitions, combined with successful
Operational Excellence initiatives, had a positive impact on
2010 results. The Company also benefited from its strategic
initiatives under AMETEKs four growth strategies:
Operational Excellence, New Product Development, Global and
Market Expansion and Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances.
Highlights of 2010 were:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2010, sales were $2.47 billion, an increase of
$372.6 million or 18% from 2009, on internal growth of
approximately 15% in the Electronic Instruments Group
(EIG) and 12% in the Electromechanical Group
(EMG) excluding the effect of foreign currency
translation, and contributions from the 2009 and 2010
acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
Net income for 2010 was $283.9 million, an increase of
$78.1 million or 37.9% when compared with
$205.8 million in 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
During 2010, the Company completed the following acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
In January 2010, the Company acquired Sterling Ultra Precision,
a privately held reseller of machine tools for the ophthalmic
lens market.
|
|
|
|
|
In April 2010, the Company acquired Imago Scientific
Instruments, a privately held manufacturer of 3D atom probes.
|
|
|
|
|
In June 2010, the Company acquired Technical Services for
Electronics (TSE), a manufacturer of engineered
interconnect solutions for the medical device industry.
|
|
|
|
|
In July 2010, the Company acquired Haydon Enterprises, a leader
in linear actuators and lead screw assemblies for the medical,
industrial equipment, aerospace, analytical instrument, computer
peripheral and semiconductor industries.
|
|
|
|
|
In August 2010, the Company acquired American Reliances
Power Division (AMREL Power), a provider of highly
differentiated direct current power supplies and electronic
loads for the automated test equipment market.
|
|
|
|
|
In November 2010, the Company acquired Atlas Material Testing
Technology LLC (Atlas), the worlds leading
provider of weathering test instruments and related testing and
consulting services.
|
B-5
|
|
|
|
|
Higher earnings resulted in record cash flow provided by
operating activities that totaled $423.0 million, a
$58.3 million or 16.0% increase from 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company continues to maintain a strong international sales
presence. International sales, including U.S. export sales,
were $1,211.3 million or 49.0% of consolidated sales in
2010, compared with $1,031.7 million or 49.2% of
consolidated sales in 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
New orders for 2010 were $2,651.3 million, an increase of
$623.2 million or 30.7% when compared with
$2,028.1 million in 2009. As a result, the Companys
backlog of unfilled orders at December 31, 2010 was a
record at $828.8 million.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company continued its emphasis on investment in research,
development and engineering, spending $112.1 million in
2010 before customer reimbursement of $6.4 million. Sales
from products introduced in the last three years were
$473.2 million or 19.2% of sales.
|
|
|
|
|
In the third quarter of 2010, the Company paid in full an
expiring 50 million British pound ($78.2 million)
5.96% senior note. In the third quarter of 2010, the
Company issued an 80 million British pound
($124.8 million at December 31,
2010) 4.68% senior note due in September 2020.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 2, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
declared a
three-for-two
split of the Companys common stock. The stock split
resulted in the issuance of one additional share for every two
shares owned. The stock split was paid on December 21,
2010, to stockholders of record at the close of business on
December 10, 2010. Additionally, the Board of Directors
approved a 50% increase in the quarterly cash dividend rate on
the Companys common stock to $0.06 per common share from
$0.04 per common share on a post-split basis. See Note 2 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Appendix
for further details.
|
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth net sales and income by
reportable segment and on a consolidated basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
1,324,113
|
|
|
$
|
1,146,578
|
|
|
$
|
1,402,653
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
1,146,839
|
|
|
|
951,777
|
|
|
|
1,128,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales
|
|
$
|
2,470,952
|
|
|
$
|
2,098,355
|
|
|
$
|
2,531,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income and income before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income(2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
316,184
|
|
|
$
|
232,875
|
|
|
$
|
306,764
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
210,397
|
|
|
|
166,582
|
|
|
|
175,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating income
|
|
|
526,581
|
|
|
|
399,457
|
|
|
|
481,945
|
|
Corporate administrative and other expenses
|
|
|
(44,423
|
)
|
|
|
(33,407
|
)
|
|
|
(49,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income
|
|
|
482,158
|
|
|
|
366,050
|
|
|
|
432,654
|
|
Interest and other expenses, net
|
|
|
(75,908
|
)
|
|
|
(71,417
|
)
|
|
|
(66,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated income before income taxes
|
|
$
|
406,250
|
|
|
$
|
294,633
|
|
|
$
|
366,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
After elimination of intra- and inter-segment sales, which are
not significant in amount. |
|
|
(2) |
|
Segment operating income represents sales less all direct costs
and expenses (including certain administrative and other
expenses) applicable to each segment, but does not include
interest expense. |
B-6
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Results
of Operations
In 2010, the Company posted strong sales and established records
for operating income, operating income margins, net income,
diluted earnings per share and operating cash flow. The Company
achieved these results from strong internal growth in both EIG
and EMG, as well as contributions from acquisitions completed in
2010 and the acquisitions of High Standard Aviation in January
2009 and Ameron Global in December 2009. In the fourth quarter
of 2009, the Company began to experience increased order rates
which continued through 2010. The full year impact of the 2010
acquisitions and our Operational Excellence capabilities should
have a positive impact on our 2011 results.
Net sales for 2010 were $2,471.0 million, an increase of
$372.6 million or 17.8% when compared with net sales of
$2,098.4 million in 2009. Net sales for EIG were
$1,324.1 million in 2010, an increase of 15.5% from sales
of $1,146.6 million in 2009. Net sales for EMG were
$1,146.8 million in 2010, an increase of 20.5% from sales
of $951.8 million in 2009. The increase in net sales was
primarily attributable to higher order rates, as well as the
impact of the acquisitions mentioned above. The net sales
increase for 2010 was driven by strong internal sales growth of
approximately 13%, with no impact from foreign currency
translation. The acquisitions mentioned above contributed the
remainder of the net sales increase.
Total international sales for 2010 were $1,211.3 million or
49.0% of consolidated net sales, an increase of
$179.6 million or 17.4% when compared with international
sales of $1,031.7 million or 49.2% of consolidated net
sales in 2009. The $179.6 million increase in international
sales resulted from higher sales growth noted above, as well as
continued expansion into Asia, and includes the effect of
foreign currency translation. Both reportable segments of the
Company maintain a strong international sales presence in Europe
and Asia. Export shipments from the United States, which are
included in total international sales, were $564.5 million
in 2010, an increase of $150.4 million or 36.3% compared
with $414.1 million in 2009. Export shipments improved due
to increased exports from both the base businesses and the
acquisitions noted above.
New orders for 2010 were $2,651.3 million, an increase of
$623.2 million or 30.7% when compared with
$2,028.1 million in 2009. Throughout most of 2009, the
Company experienced lower order rates primarily as a result of
the global economic recession, which began in late 2008 and
continued through most of 2009. However, order rates stabilized
in the third quarter of 2009 and began to increase in the fourth
quarter of 2009. For 2010, internal order growth was
approximately 23%, excluding a 1% unfavorable effect of foreign
currency translation, driven by both the Companys
differentiated and cost-driven businesses, with the acquisitions
mentioned above accounting for the remainder of the increase. As
a result, the Companys backlog of unfilled orders at
December 31, 2010 was $828.8 million, an increase of
$180.4 million or 27.8% when compared with
$648.4 million at December 31, 2009.
Segment operating income for 2010 was $526.6 million, an
increase of $127.1 million or 31.8% when compared with
segment operating income of $399.5 million in 2009. Segment
operating income, as a percentage of sales, increased to 21.3%
in 2010 from 19.0% in 2009. The increase in segment operating
income and segment operating margins resulted primarily from the
leveraged impact of the Companys net sales increase noted
above, as well as the benefits of the Companys lower cost
structure through Operational Excellence initiatives, which
includes the impact of the 2008 restructuring.
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
expenses for 2010 were $296.5 million, an increase of
$42.4 million or 16.7% when compared with
$254.1 million in 2009. As a percentage of sales, SG&A
expenses were 12.0% for 2010, compared with 12.1% in 2009.
Selling expense increased $32.4 million or 14.7% for 2010,
which is in line with internal sales growth. Selling expenses,
as a percentage of sales, decreased to 10.3% for 2010, compared
with 10.5% for 2009. Additionally, the Companys
acquisition strategy generally is to acquire differentiated
businesses, which because of their distribution channels and
higher marketing costs tend to have a higher content of selling
expenses. Base business selling expenses increased approximately
11.1%.
B-7
Corporate administrative expenses for 2010 were
$43.1 million, an increase of $9.9 million or 29.8%
when compared with $33.2 million in 2009. As a percentage
of sales, corporate administrative expenses were 1.7% for 2010,
compared with 1.6% in 2009. The increase in corporate
administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher
compensation related expenses, as well as other costs necessary
to grow the business.
Consolidated operating income was $482.2 million or 19.5%
of sales for 2010, an increase of $116.1 million or 31.7%
when compared with $366.1 million or 17.4% of sales in 2009.
Interest expense was $67.5 million for 2010, a decrease of
$1.3 million or 1.9% when compared with $68.8 million
in 2009. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of the
repayment of 40 million British-pound-denominated debt
under the revolving credit facility in the second quarter of
2009 and 50 million British-pound-denominated senior note
in the third quarter of 2010, partially offset by the issuance
of an 80 million British-pound-denominated senior note in
the third quarter of 2010.
Other expenses, net were $8.4 million for 2010, an increase
of $5.7 million when compared with $2.7 million in
2009. The increase was primarily driven by acquisition related
expenses.
The effective tax rate for 2010 was 30.1% compared with 30.2% in
2009. The effective tax rate for 2010 primarily reflects the
impact of settlements of income tax examinations and the
benefits obtained from international and state income tax
planning initiatives. See Note 14 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Appendix for further
details.
Net income for 2010 was $283.9 million, an increase of
$78.1 million or 37.9% when compared with
$205.8 million in 2009. Diluted earnings per share for 2010
was $1.76, an increase of $0.49 or 38.6% when compared with
$1.27 per diluted share in 2009.
Segment
Results
EIGs sales totaled $1,324.1 million for 2010,
an increase of $177.5 million or 15.5% when compared with
$1,146.6 million in 2009. The sales increase was due to
internal growth of approximately 15%, with no impact from
foreign currency translation, driven primarily by EIGs
process, power and industrial businesses. The acquisition of
Atlas primarily accounted for the remainder of the sales
increase.
EIGs operating income was $316.2 million for 2010, an
increase of $83.3 million or 35.8% when compared with
$232.9 million in 2009. EIGs operating margins were
23.9% of sales for 2010 compared with 20.3% of sales in 2009.
The increase in segment operating income and operating margins
was driven by the leveraged impact of the Groups increase
in sales noted above, as well as the benefit of the Groups
lower cost structure through Operational Excellence initiatives.
EMGs sales totaled $1,146.8 million for 2010,
an increase of $195.0 million or 20.5% from
$951.8 million in 2009. The sales increase was due to
internal growth of approximately 12%, with no impact from
foreign currency translation. The acquisitions of Ameron Global,
TSE and Haydon Enterprises primarily accounted for the remainder
of the sales increase.
EMGs operating income was $210.4 million for 2010, an
increase of $43.8 million or 26.3% when compared with
$166.6 million in 2009. EMGs operating margins were
18.3% of sales for 2010 compared with 17.5% of sales in 2009.
EMGs increase in operating income and operating margins
was primarily due to the leveraged impact of the Groups
higher sales, which includes the acquisitions mentioned above.
B-8
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared with Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Results
of Operations
In 2009, the Company posted solid sales, operating income, net
income, diluted earnings per share and cash flow given the
global economic recession. The Companys results include
contributions from acquisitions completed in 2009 and the
acquisitions of Motion Control Group (MCG), Drake
Air (Drake) and Newage Testing Instruments in
February 2008, Reading Alloys in April 2008, Vision Research,
Inc. in June 2008, the programmable power business of Xantrex
Technology, Inc. (Xantrex Programmable) in August
2008 and Muirhead Aerospace Limited (Muirhead) in
November 2008. The impact of the global economic recession
stabilized in the third quarter of 2009, with improved operating
results in the fourth quarter of 2009 in most of the
Companys markets when compared to the previous quarters of
2009.
Net sales for 2009 were $2,098.4 million, a decrease of
$432.7 million or 17.1% when compared with net sales of
$2,531.1 million in 2008. Net sales for EIG were
$1,146.6 million in 2009, a decrease of 18.3% from sales of
$1,402.7 million in 2008. Net sales for EMG were
$951.8 million in 2009, a decrease of 15.7% from sales of
$1,128.5 million in 2008. The decline in net sales was
primarily attributable to lower order rates as a result of the
global economic recession, partially offset by the impact of the
acquisitions mentioned above. The Companys internal sales
declined approximately 21% in 2009, which excludes a 2%
unfavorable effect of foreign currency translation. The
acquisitions mentioned above offset approximately 6% of the
Companys internal sales decline.
Total international sales for 2009 were $1,031.7 million or
49.2% of consolidated net sales, a decrease of
$193.8 million or 15.8% when compared with international
sales of $1,225.5 million or 48.4% of consolidated net
sales in 2008. The decline in international sales resulted from
decreased international sales from base businesses of
$272.5 million, which includes the effect of foreign
currency translation, partially offset by the impact of the
acquisitions completed in 2009 and 2008. The Company maintains a
strong international sales presence in Europe and Asia by both
reportable segments. Export shipments from the United States,
which are included in total international sales, were
$400.6 million in 2009, a decrease of $77.9 million or
16.3% compared with $478.5 million in 2008. Export
shipments declined primarily due to decreased exports from the
base businesses, partially offset by the acquisitions noted
above.
New orders for 2009 were $2,028.1 million, a decrease of
$533.4 million or 20.8% when compared with
$2,561.5 million in 2008. Throughout most of 2009, the
Company experienced lower order rates as a result of the global
economic recession. However, order rates stabilized in the third
quarter of 2009 and began to increase in the fourth quarter of
2009. As a result, the Companys backlog of unfilled orders
at December 31, 2009 was $648.4 million, a decrease of
$70.2 million or 9.8% when compared with
$718.6 million at December 31, 2008.
Segment operating income for 2009 was $399.5 million, a
decrease of $82.4 million or 17.1% when compared with
segment operating income of $481.9 million in 2008. Segment
operating income, as a percentage of sales, was 19.0% in both
2009 and 2008. The decrease in segment operating income resulted
primarily from the decrease in sales noted above and higher
defined benefit pension expense, partially offset by profit
contributions made by the acquisitions and cost reduction
initiatives, including $135 million of cost savings
achieved in 2009 primarily from the restructuring activities
related to the fourth quarter of 2008 restructuring charges.
SG&A expenses for 2009 were $254.1 million, a decrease
of $68.5 million or 21.2% when compared with
$322.6 million in 2008. As a percentage of sales, SG&A
expenses were 12.1% for 2009, compared with 12.7% in 2008. The
decrease in SG&A expenses was primarily the result of lower
sales and the Companys cost savings initiatives.
Additionally, 2008 SG&A expenses include both a
$7.1 million charge, recorded in corporate administrative
expenses, related to the accelerated vesting of an April 2005
restricted stock grant in the second quarter of 2008 and
$7.1 million of SG&A expense related to fourth quarter
of 2008 restructuring charges and asset write-downs. Base
business selling expenses decreased approximately 22%, which was
in line with the Companys 2009 sales decline. Selling
expenses, as a percentage of sales, decreased to 10.5% for 2009,
compared with 10.8% in 2008 due to the previously mentioned cost
savings initiatives.
Corporate administrative expenses for 2009 were
$33.2 million, a decrease of $16.0 million or 32.5%
when compared with $49.2 million in 2008. As a percentage
of sales, corporate administrative expenses were 1.6% for
B-9
2009, compared with 1.9% in 2008. The decrease in corporate
administrative expenses was driven by the equity-based
compensation associated with the accelerated vesting of
restricted stock in the second quarter of 2008, lower short-term
incentive compensation in 2009 and the Companys cost
saving initiatives, including the restructuring activities,
noted above.
Consolidated operating income was $366.1 million or 17.4%
of sales for 2009, a decrease of $66.6 million or 15.4%
when compared with $432.7 million or 17.1% of sales in 2008.
Interest expense was $68.8 million for 2009, an increase of
$5.1 million or 8.0% when compared with $63.7 million
in 2008. The increase was due to the full-year impact of the
funding of the long-term private placement senior notes in the
third and fourth quarters of 2008, partially offset by the
repayment of 40 million British-pound-denominated debt
under the revolving credit facility in the second quarter of
2009.
The effective tax rate for 2009 was 30.2% compared with 32.6% in
2008. The lower effective tax rate for 2009 primarily reflects
the impact of settlements of income tax examinations and the
benefits obtained from state and international income tax
planning initiatives. The higher effective tax rate for 2008
primarily reflects an increase in state and foreign income taxes
and the impact of accelerated vesting of non-deductible
restricted stock amortization, offset by the impact of
settlements of various income tax issues with U.S. taxing
authorities and a favorable agreement in the United Kingdom
related to deductible interest expense for which previously
unrecognized tax benefits were recognized. See Note 14 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Appendix
for further details.
Net income for 2009 was $205.8 million, a decrease of
$41.2 million or 16.7% when compared with
$247.0 million in 2008. Diluted earnings per share for 2009
was $1.27, a decrease of $0.26 or 17.0% when compared with $1.53
per diluted share in 2008. Diluted earnings per share for 2008
includes the impact of the fourth quarter of 2008 restructuring
charges and asset write-downs, which negatively impacted
earnings by $0.17 per diluted share.
Segment
Results
EIGs sales totaled $1,146.6 million for 2009,
a decrease of $256.1 million or 18.3% when compared with
$1,402.7 million in 2008. The sales decrease was due to an
internal sales decline of approximately 20%, excluding an
unfavorable 2% effect of foreign currency translation, driven
primarily by EIGs process and industrial products
businesses. Partially offsetting the sales decrease were the
2008 acquisitions of Vision Research, Inc. and Xantrex
Programmable.
EIGs operating income was $232.9 million for 2009, a
decrease of $73.9 million or 24.1% when compared with
$306.8 million in 2008. EIGs operating margins were
20.3% of sales for 2009 compared with 21.9% of sales in 2008.
The decrease in segment operating income and operating margins
was driven by the decrease in sales noted above, predominantly
by weakness in the aerospace aftermarket, process and industrial
businesses and higher defined benefit pension expense, which was
partially offset by the cost savings achieved from the
restructuring activities related to the fourth quarter of 2008
restructuring charges. The fourth quarter of 2008 restructuring
charges and asset write-downs of $20.4 million had a
negative impact on EIGs operating margins of
140 basis points.
EMGs sales totaled $951.8 million for 2009, a
decrease of $176.7 million or 15.7% from
$1,128.5 million in 2008. The sales decrease was due to an
internal sales decline of approximately 21%, excluding an
unfavorable 3% effect of foreign currency translation, driven
primarily by the engineered materials, interconnects and
packaging (EMIP) and cost-driven motors businesses.
Partially offsetting the sales decrease were the 2009
acquisition of High Standard Aviation and the 2008 acquisitions
of Drake, MCG, Reading Alloys and Muirhead.
EMGs operating income was $166.6 million for 2009, a
decrease of $8.6 million or 4.9% when compared with
$175.2 million in 2008. EMGs decrease in operating
income was driven by the decrease in sales noted above,
predominantly by weakness in the EMIP businesses, which was
partially offset by profit contributions made by the
acquisitions mentioned above and the fourth quarter of 2008
restructuring charges and asset write-downs of
$19.4 million. EMGs operating margins were 17.5% of
sales for 2009 compared with 15.5% of sales in 2008. The
increase in operating margins was primarily driven by
Operational Excellence capabilities and cost reduction
B-10
initiatives throughout the Group, including the cost savings
achieved from he restructuring activities related to the fourth
quarter of 2008 restructuring charges and asset write-downs. The
fourth quarter of 2008 restructuring charges and asset
write-downs of $19.4 million had a negative impact on
operating margins of 170 basis points.
Fourth
Quarter Results
Net sales for the fourth quarter of 2009 were
$523.5 million, a decrease of $100.2 million or 16.1%
when compared with net sales of $623.7 million for the
fourth quarter of 2008. Net sales for EIG were
$286.0 million in 2009, a decrease of 20.9% from sales of
$361.6 million in 2008. Net sales for EMG were
$237.5 million in 2009, a decrease of 9.4% from sales of
$262.1 million in 2008. The Companys internal sales
decline was approximately 20%, which excludes a 2% favorable
effect of foreign currency translation. The acquisitions
mentioned above offset approximately 2% of the Companys
internal sales decline.
The three months ended December 31, 2008 results include
pre-tax charges totaling $40.0 million, which had the
effect of reducing net income by $27.3 million ($0.17 per
diluted share). These charges include restructuring costs for
employee reductions and facility closures ($32.6 million),
as well as asset write-downs ($7.4 million). Of the
$40.0 million in charges, $32.9 million of the
restructuring charges and asset write-downs were recorded in
cost of sales and $7.1 million of the restructuring charges
and asset write-downs were recorded in SG&A expenses. The
restructuring charges and asset write-downs were reported in
segment operating income as follows: $20.4 million in EIG,
$19.4 million in EMG and $0.2 million in Corporate
administrative and other expenses. The restructuring costs for
employee reductions and facility closures relate to plans
established by the Company as part of cost reduction initiatives
that were broadly implemented across the Companys various
businesses during fiscal 2009. The restructuring costs include
the consolidation of manufacturing facilities, the migration of
production to low-cost locales and a general reduction in
workforce in response to lower levels of expected sales volumes
in certain of the Companys businesses. The Company
recorded pre-tax charges of $30.1 million for severance
costs for more than 10% of the Companys workforce. The
Company also recorded pre-tax charges of $1.5 million for
lease termination costs associated with the closure of certain
facilities in 2009. See Note 6 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Appendix for further
details.
Net income for the fourth quarter of 2009 was
$51.9 million, an increase of $8.1 million or 18.5%
when compared with $43.8 million for the fourth quarter of
2008. Diluted earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2009
was $0.32, an increase of $0.05 or 17.1% when compared with
$0.27 per diluted share in the fourth quarter of 2008. Diluted
earnings per share includes the impact of the fourth quarter of
2008 restructuring charges and asset write-downs, which
negatively impacted earnings by $0.17 per diluted share.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Cash provided by operating activities totaled
$423.0 million in 2010, an increase of $58.3 million
or 16.0% when compared with $364.7 million in 2009. The
increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily
due to the $78.2 million increase in net income and a
$17.6 million reduction in defined benefit pension
contributions paid. The increase in cash provided by operating
activities was partially offset by higher overall operating
working capital levels necessary to grow the Companys
businesses. Free cash flow (cash flow provided by operating
activities less capital expenditures) was $383.8 million in
2010, compared to $331.6 million in 2009. EBITDA (earnings
before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization)
was $545.9 million in 2010, compared with
$428.0 million in 2009. Free cash flow and EBITDA are
presented because the Company is aware that they are measures
used by third parties in evaluating the Company. (See tables on
page B-4 for a reconciliation of U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) measures to comparable
non-GAAP measures).
Cash used for investing activities totaled $566.8 million
in 2010, compared with $106.3 million in 2009. In 2010, the
Company paid $538.6 million for six business acquisitions,
net of cash received, compared with $72.9 million paid for
three business acquisitions, net of cash received, in 2009.
Additions to property, plant and equipment totaled
$39.2 million in 2010, compared with $33.1 million in
2009.
B-11
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $62.6 million
in 2010, compared with $102.5 million of cash used for
financing activities in 2009. The change in financing cash flow
was primarily the result of the net total borrowings increase
described further below, partially offset by $78.6 million
used for repurchases of 3.1 million shares of the
Companys common stock in 2010. No shares were repurchased
in 2009. In January 2010, the Board of Directors approved an
increase of $75 million in the authorization for the
repurchase of its common stock. This increase was added to the
$68.5 million that remained available at December 31,
2009 from existing authorizations approved in 2008, for a total
of $143.5 million available for repurchases of the
Companys common stock. At December 31, 2010,
$64.9 million was available under the current Board
authorization for future share repurchases.
In 2010, net total borrowings increased by $139.3 million,
compared with a net total borrowings decrease of
$92.4 million in 2009. In the third quarter of 2010, the
Company paid in full an expiring 50 million British pound
($78.2 million) 5.96% senior note. In the third
quarter of 2010, the Company issued an 80 million British
pound ($124.8 million at December 31,
2010) 4.68% senior note due in September 2020. In the
second quarter of 2009, the Company paid in full a
40 million British pound ($62.0 million) borrowing
under the revolving credit facility. In the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company paid in full a 10.5 million British pound
($16.9 million) floating-rate term note.
The Companys revolving credit facilitys total
borrowing capacity is $550 million, which includes an
accordion feature that permits the Company to request up to an
additional $100 million in revolving credit commitments at
any time during the life of the revolving credit agreement under
certain conditions. The facility expires in June 2012. At
December 31, 2010, the Company had $437.3 million
available under its revolving credit facility, including the
$100 million accordion feature. At December 31, 2010,
$92.0 million was drawn under the revolving credit facility.
At December 31, 2010, total debt outstanding was
$1,168.5 million, compared with $1,041.7 million at
December 31, 2009, with no significant maturities until
2012. The
debt-to-capital
ratio was 39.7% at December 31, 2010, compared with 39.9%
at December 31, 2009. The net
debt-to-capital
ratio (total debt less cash and cash equivalents divided by the
sum of net debt and stockholders equity) was 36.2% at
December 31, 2010, compared with 33.7% at December 31,
2009. The net
debt-to-capital
ratio is presented because the Company is aware that this
measure is used by third parties in evaluating the Company. (See
table on
page B-4
for a reconciliation of U.S. GAAP measures to comparable
non-GAAP measures).
Additional financing activities for 2010 include the receipt of
net cash proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options of
$21.5 million compared with $11.6 million in 2009.
Cash dividends paid were $28.6 million in 2010, compared
with $25.6 million in 2009.
As a result of all of the Companys cash flow activities in
2010, cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010
totaled $163.2 million, compared with $246.4 million
at December 31, 2009. The Company is in compliance with all
covenants, including financial covenants, for all of its debt
agreements. The Company believes it has sufficient
cash-generating capabilities from domestic and unrestricted
foreign sources, available credit facilities and access to
long-term capital funds to enable it to meet its operating needs
and contractual obligations in the foreseeable future.
B-12
The following table summarizes AMETEKs contractual cash
obligations and the effect such obligations are expected to have
on the Companys liquidity and cash flows in future years
at December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
One to
|
|
|
Four to
|
|
|
After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Than
|
|
|
Three
|
|
|
Five
|
|
|
Five
|
|
Contractual Obligations(1)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
One Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Long-term debt(2)
|
|
$
|
1,054.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
191.8
|
|
|
$
|
862.3
|
|
Revolving credit loans(3)
|
|
|
92.0
|
|
|
|
92.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease(4)
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
Other indebtedness
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,168.5
|
|
|
|
97.2
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
195.0
|
|
|
|
869.9
|
|
Interest on long-term fixed-rate debt
|
|
|
407.2
|
|
|
|
59.5
|
|
|
|
118.8
|
|
|
|
115.8
|
|
|
|
113.1
|
|
Noncancellable operating leases
|
|
|
97.1
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
35.7
|
|
Purchase obligations(5)
|
|
|
222.0
|
|
|
|
208.7
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance and other
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,912.9
|
|
|
$
|
403.1
|
|
|
$
|
165.3
|
|
|
$
|
325.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,018.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The liability for uncertain tax positions is not included in the
table of contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010
because the timing of the settlements of these uncertain tax
positions cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. See
Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this Appendix for further details. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes the $450 million private placement completed in
2007 and the $350 million private placement completed in
2008. |
|
(3) |
|
Although not contractually obligated, the Company expects to
have the capability to repay the revolving credit loan within
one year as permitted in the credit agreement. Accordingly,
$92.0 million is classified as short-term debt at
December 31, 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents a capital lease for a building and land associated
with the Cameca SAS acquisition. The lease has a term of twelve
years, which began in July 2006, and is payable quarterly. |
|
(5) |
|
Purchase obligations primarily consist of contractual
commitments to purchase certain inventories at fixed prices. |
Other
Commitments
The Company has standby letters of credit and surety bonds of
$23.2 million related to performance and payment guarantees
at December 31, 2010. Based on experience with these
arrangements, the Company believes that any obligations that may
arise will not be material to its financial position.
The Company may, from time to time, repurchase its long-term
debt in privately negotiated transactions, depending upon
availability, market conditions and other factors.
Critical
Accounting Policies
The Company has identified its critical accounting policies as
those accounting policies that can have a significant impact on
the presentation of the Companys financial condition and
results of operations and that require the use of complex and
subjective estimates based upon past experience and
managements judgment. Because of the uncertainty inherent
in such estimates, actual results may differ materially from the
estimates used. The consolidated financial statements and
related notes contain information that is pertinent to the
Companys accounting policies and to Managements
Discussion and Analysis. The information that follows represents
additional specific disclosures about the Companys
accounting policies regarding risks, estimates, subjective
decisions or assessments whereby materially different results of
operations and financial condition could have been
B-13
reported had different assumptions been used or different
conditions existed. Primary disclosure of the Companys
significant accounting policies is in Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Appendix.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes
revenue on product sales in the period when the sales process is
complete. This generally occurs when products are shipped to the
customer in accordance with terms of an agreement of sale, under
which title and risk of loss have been transferred,
collectibility is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or
determinable. For a small percentage of sales where title and
risk of loss passes at point of delivery, the Company recognizes
revenue upon delivery to the customer, assuming all other
criteria for revenue recognition are met. The policy with
respect to sales returns and allowances generally provides that
the customer may not return products or be given allowances,
except at the Companys option. The Company has agreements
with distributors that do not provide expanded rights of return
for unsold products. The distributor purchases the product from
the Company, at which time title and risk of loss transfers to
the distributor. The Company does not offer substantial sales
incentives and credits to its distributors other than volume
discounts. The Company accounts for the sales incentive as a
reduction of revenues when the sale is recognized. Accruals for
sales returns, other allowances and estimated warranty costs are
provided at the time revenue is recognized based upon past
experience. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the
accrual for future warranty obligations was $18.3 million,
$16.0 million and $16.1 million, respectively. The
Companys expense for warranty obligations was
$10.6 million, $8.2 million and $12.2 million in
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The warranty periods for
products sold vary widely among the Companys operations,
but for the most part do not exceed one year. The Company
calculates its warranty expense provision based on past warranty
experience and adjustments are made periodically to reflect
actual warranty expenses. If actual future sales returns and
allowances and warranty amounts are higher than past experience,
additional accruals may be required.
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable. The Company maintains
allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of
specific customers to meet their financial obligations to the
Company. A specific reserve for bad debts is recorded against
the amount due from these customers. For all other customers,
the Company recognizes reserves for bad debts based on the
length of time specific receivables are past due based on its
historical experience. If the financial condition of the
Companys customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their
inability to make payments, additional allowances may be
required. The allowance for possible losses on receivables was
$6.0 million and $5.8 million at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Inventories. The Company uses the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method of accounting, which
approximates current replacement cost, for approximately 69% of
its inventories at December 31, 2010. The
last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method of accounting is used to
determine cost for the remaining 31% of its inventory at
December 31, 2010. For inventories where cost is determined
by the LIFO method, the FIFO value would have been
$23.9 million and $20.8 million higher than the LIFO
value reported in the consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company
provides estimated inventory reserves for slow-moving and
obsolete inventory based on current assessments about future
demand, market conditions, customers who may be experiencing
financial difficulties and related management initiatives. If
these factors are less favorable than those projected by
management, additional inventory reserves may be required.
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill
and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, primarily
trademarks and trade names, are not amortized; rather, they are
tested for impairment at least annually. The impairment test for
goodwill requires a two-step process. The first step is to
compare the carrying amount of the reporting units net
assets to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair
value exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is
required and no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying
amount exceeds the fair value, then the second step must be
completed, which involves allocating the fair value of the
reporting unit to each asset and liability, with the excess
being implied goodwill. An impairment loss occurs if the amount
of the recorded goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill. The
Company would be required to record any such impairment losses.
|
The Company identifies its reporting units at the component
level, which is one level below our operating segments.
Generally, goodwill arises from acquisitions of specific
operating companies and is assigned to
B-14
the reporting unit in which a particular operating company
resides. Our reporting units are composed of the business units
one level below our operating segment at which discrete
financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by
segment management.
The Company principally relies on a discounted cash flow
analysis to determine the fair value of each reporting unit,
which considers forecasted cash flows discounted at an
appropriate discount rate. The Company believes that market
participants would use a discounted cash flow analysis to
determine the fair value of its reporting units in a sale
transaction. The annual goodwill impairment test requires the
Company to make a number of assumptions and estimates concerning
future levels of revenue growth, operating margins,
depreciation, amortization and working capital requirements,
which are based upon the Companys long-range plan. The
Companys long-range plan is updated as part of its annual
planning process and is reviewed and approved by management. The
discount rate is an estimate of the overall after-tax rate of
return required by a market participant whose weighted average
cost of capital includes both equity and debt, including a risk
premium. While the Company uses the best available information
to prepare its cash flow and discount rate assumptions, actual
future cash flows or market conditions could differ
significantly resulting in future impairment charges related to
recorded goodwill balances. While there are always changes in
assumptions to reflect changing business and market conditions,
the Companys overall methodology and the population of
assumptions used have remained unchanged. In order to evaluate
the sensitivity of the goodwill impairment test to changes in
the fair value calculations, the Company applied a hypothetical
10% decrease in fair values of each reporting unit. The results
(expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the respective
reporting unit) showed that, despite the hypothetical 10%
decrease in fair value, the fair values of the Companys
reporting units still exceeded their respective carrying values
by 26% to 406% for each of the Companys reporting units.
The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles other than
goodwill (primarily trademarks and trade names) consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset to the carrying value of the asset as of the impairment
testing date. The Company estimates the fair value of its
indefinite-lived intangibles using the relief from royalty
method. The Company believes the relief from royalty method is a
widely used valuation technique for such assets. The fair value
derived from the relief from royalty method is measured as the
discounted cash flow savings realized from owning such
trademarks and trade names and not having to pay a royalty for
their use.
The Companys acquisitions have generally included a
significant goodwill component and the Company expects to
continue to make acquisitions. At December 31, 2010,
goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets totaled
$1,818.3 million or 47.6% of the Companys total
assets. The Company performed its required annual impairment
tests in the fourth quarter of 2010 and determined that the
Companys goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles were
not impaired. There can be no assurance that goodwill or
indefinite-lived intangibles impairment will not occur in the
future.
Other intangible assets with finite lives are evaluated for
impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of
other intangible assets with finite lives is considered impaired
when the total projected undiscounted cash flows from those
assets are less than the carrying value. In that event, a loss
is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value
exceeds the fair market value of those assets. Fair market value
is determined primarily using present value techniques based on
projected cash flows from the asset group.
|
|
|
|
|
Pensions. The Company has U.S. and
foreign defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans.
The most significant elements in determining the Companys
pension income or expense are the assumed pension liability
discount rate and the expected return on plan assets. The
pension discount rate reflects the current interest rate at
which the pension liabilities could be settled at the valuation
date. At the end of each year, the Company determines the
assumed discount rate to be used to discount plan liabilities.
In estimating this rate for 2010, the Company considered rates
of return on high-quality, fixed-income investments that have
maturities consistent with the anticipated funding requirements
of the plan. The discount rate used in
|
B-15
|
|
|
|
|
determining the 2010 pension cost was 5.90% for
U.S. defined benefit pension plans and 5.98% for foreign
plans. The discount rate used for determining the funded status
of the plans at December 31, 2010 and determining the 2011
defined benefit pension cost is 5.6% for U.S. plans and
5.71% for foreign plans. In estimating the U.S. and foreign
discount rates, the Companys actuaries developed a
customized discount rate appropriate to the plans
projected benefit cash flow based on yields derived from a
database of long-term bonds at consistent maturity dates. The
Company used an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
for 2010 of 8.25% for U.S. defined benefit pension plans
and 6.97% for foreign plans. The Company will use 6.96% for the
foreign plans in 2011 and expects to lower the
U.S. plans rate to 8.0% in 2011. The Company
determines the expected long-term rate of return based primarily
on its expectation of future returns for the pension plans
investments. Additionally, the Company considers historical
returns on comparable fixed-income investments and equity
investments and adjusts its estimate as deemed appropriate. The
rate of compensation increase used in determining the 2010
pension expense for the U.S. plans was 3.75% and was 2.98%
for the foreign plans. The U.S. rate of compensation
increase will remain unchanged in 2011. The foreign plans
rates of compensation increase will decrease slightly to 2.97%
in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company
recognized consolidated pre-tax pension income of
$3.2 million from its U.S. and foreign defined benefit
pension plans as compared with pre-tax pension expense of
$10.3 million recognized for these plans in 2009. The
Company estimates its 2011 U.S. and foreign defined benefit
pension pre-tax income to be approximately $7.9 million.
|
All unrecognized prior service costs, remaining transition
obligations or assets and actuarial gains and losses have been
recognized, net of tax effects, as a charge to accumulated other
comprehensive income in stockholders equity and will be
amortized as a component of net periodic pension cost. The
Company uses a December 31 measurement date (the date at which
plan assets and benefit obligations are measured) for its
U.S. and foreign defined benefit plans.
To fund the plans, the Company made cash contributions to its
defined benefit pension plans during 2010 which totaled
$3.6 million, compared with $21.1 million in 2009. The
Company anticipates making approximately $3.0 million to
$5.0 million in cash contributions to its defined benefit
pension plans in 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Income Taxes. The process of providing for
income taxes and determining the related balance sheet accounts
requires management to assess uncertainties, make judgments
regarding outcomes and utilize estimates. The Company conducts a
broad range of operations around the world and is therefore
subject to complex tax regulations in numerous international
taxing jurisdictions, resulting at times in tax audits, disputes
and potential litigation, the outcome of which is uncertain.
Management must make judgments currently about such
uncertainties and determine estimates of the Companys tax
assets and liabilities. To the extent the final outcome differs,
future adjustments to the Companys tax assets and
liabilities may be necessary.
|
The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax
assets, taking into consideration the Companys forecast of
future taxable income, available net operating loss
carryforwards and available tax planning strategies that could
be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this
assessment, management must evaluate the need for, and the
amount of, valuation allowances against the Companys
deferred tax assets. To the extent facts and circumstances
change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances
may be required.
The Company assesses the uncertainty in its tax positions, by
applying a minimum recognition threshold which a tax position is
required to meet before a tax benefit is recognized in the
financial statements. Once the minimum threshold is met, using a
more likely than not standard, a series of probability estimates
is made for each item to properly measure and record a tax
benefit. The tax benefit recorded is generally equal to the
highest probable outcome that is more than 50% likely to be
realized after full disclosure and resolution of a tax
examination. The underlying probabilities are determined based
on the best available objective evidence such as recent tax
audit outcomes, published guidance, external expert opinion, or
by analogy to the outcome of similar issues in the past. There
can be no assurance that these estimates will
B-16
ultimately be realized given continuous changes in tax policy,
legislation and audit practice. The Company recognizes interest
and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions in
income tax expense.
Recently
Issued Financial Accounting Standards
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update
(ASU)
No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASU
2010-06).
ASU 2010-06
provides amendments that clarify existing disclosures and
require new disclosures related to fair value measurements,
providing greater disaggregated information on each class of
assets and liabilities and more robust disclosures on transfers
between levels 1 and 2, and activity in level 3 fair
value measurements. The Company adopted the applicable
provisions within ASU
2010-06
effective January 1, 2010. See Note 4 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Appendix for
further details. The Company is currently evaluating the impact
of adopting the level 3 disclosures of ASU
2010-06 that
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.
In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-09,
Subsequent Events (ASU
2010-09).
ASU 2010-09
removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date in
both the issued and revised financial statements for which the
Company evaluated events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. ASU
2010-09 was
effective as of February 2010.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-17,
Revenue Recognition Milestone Method
(ASU
2010-17).
ASU 2010-17
establishes criteria for a milestone to be considered
substantive and allows revenue recognition when the milestone is
achieved in research or development arrangements. In addition,
it requires disclosure of certain information with respect to
arrangements that contain milestones. ASU
2010-17 is
effective for the Company prospectively beginning
January 1, 2011. The Company has evaluated ASU
2010-17 and
does not expect its adoption will have a significant impact on
the Companys consolidated results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-29,
Business Combinations (ASU
2010-29).
ASU 2010-29
addresses diversity in practice about the interpretation of the
pro forma disclosure requirement for business combinations. ASU
2010-29
requires disclosure of pro forma revenue and earnings for the
current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all
business combinations that occurred during the year had been as
of the beginning of the annual reporting period for both the
current and any comparable periods reported. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact of adopting the disclosure
requirements of ASU
2010-29 that
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010.
Internal
Reinvestment
Capital
Expenditures
Capital expenditures were $39.2 million or 1.6% of sales in
2010, compared with $33.1 million or 1.6% of sales in 2009.
52% of the expenditures in 2010 were for improvements to
existing equipment or additional equipment to increase
productivity and expand capacity. The Companys 2010
capital expenditures increased due to a continuing emphasis on
spending to improve productivity and expand manufacturing
capabilities. The 2011 capital expenditures are expected to
approximate 1.6% of sales, with a continued emphasis on spending
to improve productivity.
Product
Development and Engineering
The Company is committed to research, product development and
engineering activities that are designed to identify and develop
potential new and improved products or enhance existing
products. Research, product development and engineering costs
before customer reimbursement were $112.1 million,
$101.4 million and $115.9 million in 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively. Customer reimbursements in 2010, 2009 and
2008 were $6.4 million, $5.5 million and
$6.1 million, respectively. These amounts included net
Company-funded research and development expenses of
$56.8 million, $50.5 million and $57.5 million,
respectively. All such expenditures
B-17
were directed toward the development of new products and
processes and the improvement of existing products
and processes.
Environmental
Matters
Certain historic processes in the manufacture of products have
resulted in environmentally hazardous waste by-products as
defined by federal and state laws and regulations. The Company
believes these waste products were handled in compliance with
regulations existing at that time. At December 31, 2010,
the Company is named a Potentially Responsible Party
(PRP) at 16
non-AMETEK-owned
former waste disposal or treatment sites (the
non-owned sites). The Company is identified as a
de minimis party in 14 of these sites based on the
low volume of waste attributed to the Company relative to the
amounts attributed to other named PRPs. In ten of these sites,
the Company has reached a tentative agreement on the cost of the
de minimis settlement to satisfy its obligation and is awaiting
executed agreements. The tentatively agreed-to settlement
amounts are fully reserved. In the other four sites, the Company
is continuing to investigate the accuracy of the alleged volume
attributed to the Company as estimated by the parties primarily
responsible for remedial activity at the sites to establish an
appropriate settlement amount. In the two remaining sites where
the Company is a non-de minimis PRP, the Company is
participating in the investigation
and/or
related required remediation as part of a PRP Group and reserves
have been established sufficient to satisfy the Companys
expected obligations. The Company historically has resolved
these issues within established reserve levels and reasonably
expects this result will continue. In addition to these
non-owned sites, the Company has an ongoing practice of
providing reserves for probable remediation activities at
certain of its current or previously owned manufacturing
locations (the owned sites). For claims and
proceedings against the Company with respect to other
environmental matters, reserves are established once the Company
has determined that a loss is probable and estimable. This
estimate is refined as the Company moves through the various
stages of investigation, risk assessment, feasibility study and
corrective action processes. In certain instances, the Company
has developed a range of estimates for such costs and has
recorded a liability based on the low end of the range. It is
reasonably possible that the actual cost of remediation of the
individual sites could vary from the current estimates and the
amounts accrued in the consolidated financial statements;
however, the amounts of such variances are not expected to
result in a material change to the consolidated financial
statements. In estimating the Companys liability for
remediation, the Company also considers the likely proportionate
share of the anticipated remediation expense and the ability of
the other PRPs to fulfill their obligations.
Total environmental reserves at December 31, 2010 and 2009
were $31.3 million and $27.0 million, respectively,
for both non-owned and owned sites. In 2010, the Company
recorded $6.4 million in reserves, related primarily to a
2010 business acquisition. These reserves relate to the
estimated costs to remediate known environmental issues at an
owned site associated with the acquired business. Additionally,
the Company spent $2.1 million on environmental matters in
2010. The Companys reserves for environmental liabilities
at December 31, 2010 and 2009 include reserves of
$18.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively, for an
owned site acquired in connection with the 2005 acquisition of
HCC Industries (HCC). The Company is the designated
performing party for the performance of remedial activities for
one of several operating units making up a large Superfund site
in the San Gabriel Valley of California. The Company has
obtained indemnifications and other financial assurances from
the former owners of HCC related to the costs of the required
remedial activities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had
$14.2 million in receivables related to HCC for probable
recoveries from third-party escrow funds and other committed
third-party funds to support the required remediation. Also, the
Company is indemnified by HCCs former owners for
approximately $19.0 million of additional costs.
The Company has agreements with other former owners of certain
of its acquired businesses, as well as new owners of previously
owned businesses. Under certain of the agreements, the former or
new owners retained, or assumed and agreed to indemnify the
Company against, certain environmental and other liabilities
under certain circumstances. The Company and some of these other
parties also carry insurance coverage for some environmental
matters. To date, these parties have met their obligations in
all material respects; however, one of these companies filed for
bankruptcy liquidation in 2007 and, as a result, the Company is
performing investigation and remediation of a formerly owned
site under a Stipulation and Settlement Agreement.
The Company believes it has established reserves which are
sufficient to perform all known responsibilities under existing
claims and consent orders. The Company has no reason to believe
that other third parties would fail to
B-18
perform their obligations in the future. In the opinion of
management, based upon presently available information and past
experience related to such matters, an adequate provision for
probable costs has been made and the ultimate cost resulting
from these actions is not expected to materially affect the
consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash
flows of the Company.
Market
Risk
The Companys primary exposures to market risk are
fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates
and commodity prices, which could impact its results of
operations and financial condition. The Company addresses its
exposure to these risks through its normal operating and
financing activities. The Companys differentiated and
global business activities help to reduce the impact that any
particular market risk may have on its operating earnings as a
whole.
The Companys short-term debt carries variable interest
rates and generally its long-term debt carries fixed rates.
These financial instruments are more fully described in the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
Appendix.
The foreign currencies to which the Company has the most
significant exchange rate exposure are the Chinese renminbi, the
Euro, the British pound, the Japanese yen and the Mexican peso.
Exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuation is monitored, and
when possible, mitigated through the occasional use of local
borrowings and derivative financial instruments in the foreign
country affected. The effect of translating foreign
subsidiaries balance sheets into U.S. dollars is
included in other comprehensive income within stockholders
equity. Foreign currency transactions have not had a significant
effect on the operating results reported by the Company because
revenues and costs associated with the revenues are generally
transacted in the same foreign currencies.
The primary commodities to which the Company has market exposure
are raw material purchases of nickel, aluminum, copper, steel,
titanium and gold. Exposure to price changes in these
commodities is generally mitigated through adjustments in
selling prices of the ultimate product and purchase order
pricing arrangements, although forward contracts are sometimes
used to manage some of those exposures.
Based on a hypothetical ten percent adverse movement in interest
rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates, the
Companys best estimate is that the potential losses in
future earnings, fair value of risk-sensitive financial
instruments and cash flows are not material, although the actual
effects may differ materially from the hypothetical analysis.
Forward-Looking
Information
Certain matters discussed in this Appendix are
forward-looking statements as defined in the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (PSLRA),
which involve risk and uncertainties that exist in the
Companys operations and business environment and can be
affected by inaccurate assumptions, or by known or unknown risks
and uncertainties. Many such factors will be important in
determining the Companys actual future results. The
Company wishes to take advantage of the safe harbor
provisions of the PSLRA by cautioning readers that numerous
important factors, in some cases have caused, and in the future
could cause, the Companys actual results to differ
materially from those expressed in any forward-looking
statements made by, or on behalf of, the Company. Some, but not
all, of the factors or uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ from present expectations are contained in the
Companys
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or
otherwise, unless required by the securities laws to do so.
B-19
Managements
Responsibility for Financial Statements
Management has prepared and is responsible for the integrity of
the consolidated financial statements and related information.
The statements are prepared in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied and include certain amounts based on managements
best estimates and judgments. Historical financial information
elsewhere in this report is consistent with that in the
financial statements.
In meeting its responsibility for the reliability of the
financial information, management maintains a system of internal
accounting and disclosure controls, including an internal audit
program. The system of controls provides for appropriate
division of responsibility and the application of written
policies and procedures. That system, which undergoes continual
reevaluation, is designed to provide reasonable assurance that
assets are safeguarded and records are adequate for the
preparation of reliable financial data.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting. We maintain
a system of internal controls that is designed to provide
reasonable assurance as to the fair and reliable preparation and
presentation of the consolidated financial statements; however,
there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any
system of internal controls.
Management recognizes its responsibility for conducting the
Companys activities according to the highest standards of
personal and corporate conduct. That responsibility is
characterized and reflected in a code of business conduct for
all employees, and in a financial code of ethics for the Chief
Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, as well as in
other key policy statements publicized throughout the Company.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed
solely of independent directors who are not employees of the
Company, meets with the independent registered public accounting
firm, the internal auditors and management to satisfy itself
that each is properly discharging its responsibilities. The
report of the Audit Committee is included in the Proxy Statement
of the Company for its 2011 Annual Meeting. Both the independent
registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have
direct access to the Audit Committee.
The Companys independent registered public accounting
firm, Ernst & Young LLP, is engaged to render an
opinion as to whether managements financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the Companys
financial position and operating results. This report is
included on page B-22.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting,
as such term is defined in the Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f).
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on the
framework in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that
evaluation, our management concluded that the Companys
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2010.
The Companys internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010 has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as
stated in their report, which appears on page B-21.
|
|
|
Frank S. Hermance
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
John J. Molinelli
Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer
|
February 24, 2011
B-20
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of AMETEK, Inc.:
We have audited AMETEK, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). AMETEK, Inc.s
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
included in the accompanying Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, AMETEK, Inc. maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of AMETEK, Inc. as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 24,
2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 24, 2011
B-21
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of AMETEK, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
AMETEK, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of AMETEK, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and
2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
AMETEK, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
and our report dated February 24, 2011 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 24, 2011
B-22
AMETEK,
Inc.
(In thousands, except per
share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,470,952
|
|
|
$
|
2,098,355
|
|
|
$
|
2,531,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation
|
|
|
1,646,892
|
|
|
|
1,435,953
|
|
|
|
1,730,086
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
296,482
|
|
|
|
254,143
|
|
|
|
322,552
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
45,420
|
|
|
|
42,209
|
|
|
|
45,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,988,794
|
|
|
|
1,732,305
|
|
|
|
2,098,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
482,158
|
|
|
|
366,050
|
|
|
|
432,654
|
|
Other expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(67,522
|
)
|
|
|
(68,750
|
)
|
|
|
(63,652
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(8,386
|
)
|
|
|
(2,667
|
)
|
|
|
(2,786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
406,250
|
|
|
|
294,633
|
|
|
|
366,216
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
122,318
|
|
|
|
88,863
|
|
|
|
119,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
283,932
|
|
|
$
|
205,770
|
|
|
$
|
246,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
|
$
|
1.27
|
|
|
$
|
1.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares
|
|
|
159,056
|
|
|
|
160,182
|
|
|
|
159,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares
|
|
|
160,884
|
|
|
|
161,775
|
|
|
|
161,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
B-23
AMETEK,
Inc.
(In thousands, except share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
163,208
|
|
|
$
|
246,356
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
5,645
|
|
|
|
4,994
|
|
Receivables, less allowance for possible losses
|
|
|
399,913
|
|
|
|
331,383
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
335,253
|
|
|
|
311,542
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
27,106
|
|
|
|
30,669
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
43,367
|
|
|
|
44,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
974,492
|
|
|
|
969,430
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
318,126
|
|
|
|
310,053
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,573,645
|
|
|
|
1,277,291
|
|
Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization
|
|
|
761,556
|
|
|
|
521,888
|
|
Investments and other assets
|
|
|
191,096
|
|
|
|
167,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,818,915
|
|
|
$
|
3,246,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
97,152
|
|
|
$
|
85,801
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
236,600
|
|
|
|
191,779
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
39,026
|
|
|
|
13,345
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
178,081
|
|
|
|
133,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
550,859
|
|
|
|
424,282
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,071,360
|
|
|
|
955,880
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
311,466
|
|
|
|
206,354
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
110,026
|
|
|
|
92,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,043,711
|
|
|
|
1,679,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized:
5,000,000 shares; none issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized:
400,000,000 shares;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
issued: 2010 168,050,869 shares;
2009 166,500,867 shares
|
|
|
1,681
|
|
|
|
1,665
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
263,290
|
|
|
|
223,502
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,755,742
|
|
|
|
1,500,471
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(91,958
|
)
|
|
|
(75,281
|
)
|
Treasury stock: 2010 7,341,520 shares;
2009 4,674,869 shares
|
|
|
(153,551
|
)
|
|
|
(83,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,775,204
|
|
|
|
1,567,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,818,915
|
|
|
$
|
3,246,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
B-24
AMETEK,
Inc.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Capital Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
Shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in Excess of Par Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173,901
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,472
|
|
Share-based compensation costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,186
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,320,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,099,111
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
283,932
|
|
|
|
283,932
|
|
|
$
|
205,770
|
|
|
|
205,770
|
|
|
$
|
246,952
|
|
|
|
246,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,685
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,755,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,320,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,706
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,331
|
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
|
(29,791
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46,784
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on net investment hedges, net of tax benefit
(expense) of $1,893, ($2,290) and $6,058 in 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
(3,515
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,253
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,306
|
)
|
|
|
(33,306
|
)
|
|
|
42,610
|
|
|
|
42,610
|
|
|
|
(58,037
|
)
|
|
|
(58,037
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,402
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,706
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(67,121
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93,360
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,040
|
)
|
Change in pension plans, net of tax (expense) benefit of
($9,938), ($15,830) and $56,344 in 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
16,323
|
|
|
|
16,323
|
|
|
|
26,239
|
|
|
|
26,239
|
|
|
|
(90,320
|
)
|
|
|
(90,320
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,798
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(67,121
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93,360
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on
available-for-sale
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
Increase (decrease) during the year, net of tax benefit
(expense) of $165, $343 and ($958) in 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
(1,780
|
)
|
|
|
(1,780
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive (loss) income for the year
|
|
|
(16,677
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(150,137
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income for the year
|
|
$
|
267,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
275,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
96,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(91,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(144,767
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,033
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,321
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,732
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(78,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153,551
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,033
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,775,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,567,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,287,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
B-25
AMETEK,
Inc.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used for):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
283,932
|
|
|
$
|
205,770
|
|
|
$
|
246,952
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to total operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
72,896
|
|
|
|
65,500
|
|
|
|
63,261
|
|
Deferred income tax expense
|
|
|
3,774
|
|
|
|
5,768
|
|
|
|
29,742
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
16,596
|
|
|
|
13,502
|
|
|
|
20,186
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) decrease in receivables
|
|
|
(43,179
|
)
|
|
|
87,146
|
|
|
|
6,636
|
|
Decrease (increase) in inventories and other current assets
|
|
|
7,334
|
|
|
|
83,622
|
|
|
|
(35,180
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in payables, accruals and income taxes
|
|
|
77,773
|
|
|
|
(91,622
|
)
|
|
|
3,161
|
|
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
6,382
|
|
|
|
3,345
|
|
|
|
(1,907
|
)
|
Pension contribution
|
|
|
(3,555
|
)
|
|
|
(21,127
|
)
|
|
|
(79,905
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
12,767
|
|
|
|
(5,681
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating activities
|
|
|
423,013
|
|
|
|
364,671
|
|
|
|
247,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(39,183
|
)
|
|
|
(33,062
|
)
|
|
|
(44,215
|
)
|
Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(538,585
|
)
|
|
|
(72,919
|
)
|
|
|
(463,012
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in marketable securities
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
(638
|
)
|
|
|
6,323
|
|
Other
|
|
|
11,564
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
4,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investing activities
|
|
|
(566,823
|
)
|
|
|
(106,344
|
)
|
|
|
(496,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in short-term borrowings
|
|
|
92,364
|
|
|
|
(13,013
|
)
|
|
|
69,693
|
|
Additional long-term borrowings
|
|
|
125,120
|
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
430,000
|
|
Reduction in long-term borrowings
|
|
|
(78,200
|
)
|
|
|
(80,817
|
)
|
|
|
(232,835
|
)
|
Repayment of life insurance policy loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,394
|
)
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
(78,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,444
|
)
|
Cash dividends paid
|
|
|
(28,554
|
)
|
|
|
(25,579
|
)
|
|
|
(25,685
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based payments
|
|
|
8,990
|
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,890
|
|
Proceeds from employee stock plans and other
|
|
|
21,518
|
|
|
|
11,328
|
|
|
|
6,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financing activities
|
|
|
62,629
|
|
|
|
(102,519
|
)
|
|
|
173,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
3,568
|
|
|
|
(7,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(83,148
|
)
|
|
|
159,376
|
|
|
|
(83,159
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of year
|
|
|
246,356
|
|
|
|
86,980
|
|
|
|
170,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of year
|
|
$
|
163,208
|
|
|
$
|
246,356
|
|
|
$
|
86,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
B-26
AMETEK,
Inc.
|
|
1.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the
operations, financial position and cash flows of AMETEK, Inc.
(the Company), and include the accounts of the
Company and subsidiaries, after elimination of all intercompany
transactions in the consolidation. The Companys
investments in 50% or less owned joint ventures are accounted
for by the equity method of accounting. Such investments are not
significant to the Companys consolidated results of
operations, financial position or cash flows.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Cash
Equivalents, Securities and Other Investments
All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or
less when purchased are considered cash equivalents. At
December 31, 2010 and 2009, all of the Companys
equity securities and fixed-income securities (primarily those
of a captive insurance subsidiary) are classified as
available-for-sale,
although the Company may hold fixed-income securities until
their maturity dates. Fixed-income securities generally mature
within three years. The aggregate market value of equity and
fixed-income securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was
$4.7 million ($4.5 million amortized cost) and
$13.2 million ($13.5 million amortized cost),
respectively. The temporary unrealized gain or loss on such
securities is recorded as a separate component of accumulated
other comprehensive income (in stockholders equity), and
is not significant. Certain of the Companys other
investments, which are not significant, are also accounted for
by the equity method of accounting as discussed above.
Accounts
Receivable
The Company maintains allowances for estimated losses resulting
from the inability of specific customers to meet their financial
obligations to the Company. A specific reserve for doubtful
receivables is recorded against the amount due from these
customers. For all other customers, the Company recognizes
reserves for doubtful receivables based on the length of time
specific receivables are past due based on past experience. The
allowance for possible losses on receivables was
$6.0 million and $5.8 million at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. See Note 9.
Inventories
The Company uses the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method of accounting, which
approximates current replacement cost, for 69% of its
inventories at December 31, 2010. The
last-in,
first-out (LIFO) method of accounting is used to
determine cost for the remaining 31% of the Companys
inventory at December 31, 2010. For inventories where cost
is determined by the LIFO method, the excess of the FIFO value
over the LIFO value was $23.9 million and
$20.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. The Company provides estimated inventory reserves
for slow-moving and obsolete inventory based on current
assessments about future demand, market conditions, customers
who may be experiencing financial difficulties and related
management initiatives.
B-27
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures
for additions to plant facilities, or that extend their useful
lives, are capitalized. The cost of minor tools, jigs and dies,
and maintenance and repairs is charged to operations as
incurred. Depreciation of plant and equipment is calculated
principally on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the related assets. The range of lives for depreciable
assets is generally three to ten years for machinery and
equipment, five to 27 years for leasehold improvements and
25 to 50 years for buildings.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue on product sales in the period
when the sales process is complete. This generally occurs when
products are shipped to the customer in accordance with terms of
an agreement of sale, under which title and risk of loss have
been transferred, collectability is reasonably assured and
pricing is fixed or determinable. For a small percentage of
sales where title and risk of loss passes at point of delivery,
the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery to the customer,
assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. The
policy, with respect to sales returns and allowances, generally
provides that the customer may not return products or be given
allowances, except at the Companys option. The Company has
agreements with distributors that do not provide expanded rights
of return for unsold products. The distributor purchases the
product from the Company, at which time title and risk of loss
transfers to the distributor. The Company does not offer
substantial sales incentives and credits to its distributors
other than volume discounts. The Company accounts for these
sales incentives as a reduction of revenues when the sale is
recognized in the income statement. Accruals for sales returns,
other allowances and estimated warranty costs are provided at
the time revenue is recognized based upon past experience. At
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the accrual for future
warranty obligations was $18.3 million, $16.0 million
and $16.1 million, respectively. The Companys expense
for warranty obligations was $10.6 million in 2010,
$8.2 million in 2009 and $12.2 million in 2008. The
warranty periods for products sold vary widely among the
Companys operations, but for the most part do not exceed
one year. The Company calculates its warranty expense provision
based on past warranty experience and adjustments are made
periodically to reflect actual warranty expenses.
Research
and Development
Company-funded research and development costs are charged to
operations as incurred and were $56.8 million in 2010,
$50.5 million in 2009 and $57.5 million in 2008.
Shipping
and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales and
were $33.3 million in 2010, $24.6 million in 2009 and
$34.0 million in 2008.
B-28
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Earnings
Per Share
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the
weighted average number of common shares considered outstanding
during the periods. The calculation of diluted earnings per
share reflects the effect of all potentially dilutive securities
(principally outstanding common stock options and restricted
stock grants). The number of weighted average shares used in the
calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per
share was as follows for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted average shares*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares
|
|
|
159,056
|
|
|
|
160,182
|
|
|
|
159,222
|
|
Stock option and award plans
|
|
|
1,828
|
|
|
|
1,593
|
|
|
|
1,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares
|
|
|
160,884
|
|
|
|
161,775
|
|
|
|
161,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
Financial
Instruments and Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated
using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and
their results of operations are translated using average
exchange rates for the year. Certain transactions of the Company
and its subsidiaries are made in currencies other than their
functional currency. Exchange gains and losses from those
transactions are included in operating results for the year.
The Company makes infrequent use of derivative financial
instruments. Forward contracts are entered into from time to
time to hedge specific firm commitments for certain inventory
purchases or export sales, thereby minimizing the Companys
exposure to raw material commodity price or foreign currency
fluctuation. No forward contracts were outstanding at
December 31, 2010 or 2009. In instances where transactions
are designated as hedges of an underlying item, the gains and
losses on those transactions are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (AOCI) within
stockholders equity to the extent they are effective as
hedges. The Company has designated certain
foreign-currency-denominated long-term borrowings as hedges of
the net investment in certain foreign operations. These net
investment hedges are the Companys
British-pound-denominated long-term debt and Euro-denominated
long-term debt, pertaining to certain European acquisitions
whose functional currencies are either the British pound or the
Euro. These acquisitions were financed by
foreign-currency-denominated borrowings under the Companys
revolving credit facility and were subsequently refinanced with
long-term private placement debt. These borrowings were designed
to create net investment hedges in each of the foreign
subsidiaries on their respective dates of acquisition. On the
respective dates of acquisition, the Company designated the
British pound- and Euro-denominated loans referred to above as
hedging instruments to offset foreign exchange gains or losses
on the net investment in the acquired business due to changes in
the British pound and Euro exchange rates. These net investment
hedges were evidenced by managements documentation
supporting the contemporaneous hedge designation on the
acquisition dates. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument
(the debt) following hedge designation, is reported in AOCI in
the same manner as the translation adjustment on the investment
based on changes in the spot rate, which is used to measure
hedge effectiveness. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, all
net investment hedges were effective. At December 31, 2010,
the translation losses on the net carrying value of the
foreign-currency-denominated investments exceeded the
translation gains on the carrying value of the underlying debt
and the difference is included in AOCI. At December 31,
2009, the translation gains on the net carrying value of the
foreign-currency-denominated investments exceeded the
translation losses on the carrying value of the underlying debt
and the difference is included in AOCI. An evaluation of hedge
effectiveness is performed by the Company on an ongoing basis
and any changes in the hedge are made as appropriate. See
Note 5.
B-29
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Share-Based
Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based payments in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718,
Compensation Stock Compensation. Accordingly,
the Company expenses the fair value of awards made under its
share-based plans. That cost is recognized in the consolidated
financial statements over the requisite service period of the
grants. See Note 12.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives,
primarily trademarks and trade names, are not amortized; rather,
they are tested for impairment at least annually.
The Company identifies its reporting units at the component
level, which is one level below our operating segments.
Generally, goodwill arises from acquisitions of specific
operating companies and is assigned to the reporting unit in
which a particular operating company resides. Our reporting
units are composed of the business units one level below our
operating segment at which discrete financial information is
prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management.
The Company principally relies on a discounted cash flow
analysis to determine the fair value of each reporting unit,
which considers forecasted cash flows discounted at an
appropriate discount rate. The Company believes that market
participants would use a discounted cash flow analysis to
determine the fair value of its reporting units in a sales
transaction. The annual goodwill impairment test requires the
Company to make a number of assumptions and estimates concerning
future levels of revenue growth, operating margins,
depreciation, amortization and working capital requirements,
which are based upon the Companys long-range plan. The
Companys long-range plan is updated as part of its annual
planning process and is reviewed and approved by management. The
discount rate is an estimate of the overall after-tax rate of
return required by a market participant whose weighted average
cost of capital includes both equity and debt, including a risk
premium. While the Company uses the best available information
to prepare its cash flow and discount rate assumptions, actual
future cash flows or market conditions could differ
significantly resulting in future impairment charges related to
recorded goodwill balances.
The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles other than
goodwill (primarily trademarks and trade names) consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset to the carrying value of the asset as of the impairment
testing date. The Company estimates the fair value of its
indefinite-lived intangibles using the relief from royalty
method. The fair value derived from the relief from royalty
method is measured as the discounted cash flow savings realized
from owning such trademarks and trade names and not having to
pay a royalty for their use.
The Company completed its required annual impairment tests in
the fourth quarter of 2010, 2009 and 2008 and determined that
the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with
indefinite lives were not impaired.
The Company evaluates impairment of its long-lived assets, other
than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets when events
or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not
be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset group
is considered impaired when the total projected undiscounted
cash flows from such asset group are separately identifiable and
are less than the carrying value. In that event, a loss is
recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value
exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset group.
Fair market value is determined primarily using present value
techniques based on projected cash flows from the asset group.
Losses on long-lived assets held for sale, other than goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets, are determined in a
similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for
disposal costs.
B-30
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Intangible assets, other than goodwill, with definite lives are
amortized over their estimated useful lives. Patents are being
amortized over useful lives of four to 20 years. Customer
relationships are being amortized over a period of five to
20 years. Miscellaneous other intangible assets are being
amortized over a period of four to 20 years. The Company
periodically evaluates the reasonableness of the estimated
useful lives of these intangible assets.
Income
Taxes
The Companys annual provision for income taxes and
determination of the related balance sheet accounts requires
management to assess uncertainties, make judgments regarding
outcomes and utilize estimates. The Company conducts a broad
range of operations around the world and is therefore subject to
complex tax regulations in numerous international taxing
jurisdictions, resulting at times in tax audits, disputes and
potential litigation, the outcome of which is uncertain.
Management must make judgments currently about such
uncertainties and determine estimates of the Companys tax
assets and liabilities. To the extent the final outcome differs,
future adjustments to the Companys tax assets and
liabilities may be necessary. The Company recognizes interest
and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions in
income tax expense.
The Company also is required to assess the realizability of its
deferred tax assets, taking into consideration the
Companys forecast of future taxable income, the reversal
of other existing temporary differences, available net operating
loss carryforwards and available tax planning strategies that
could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based
on this assessment, management must evaluate the need for, and
amount of, valuation allowances against the Companys
deferred tax assets. To the extent facts and circumstances
change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances
may be required.
On November 2, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
declared a
three-for-two
split of the Companys common stock. The stock split
resulted in the issuance of one additional share for every two
shares owned. The stock split was paid on December 21,
2010, to stockholders of record at the close of business on
December 10, 2010. Additionally, the Board of Directors
approved a 50% increase in the quarterly cash dividend rate on
the Companys common stock to $0.06 per common share from
$0.04 per common share on a post-split basis. All share and per
share information included in this report has been retroactively
adjusted to reflect the impact of the stock split.
|
|
3.
|
Recently
Issued Financial Accounting Standards
|
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
(ASU)
No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASU
2010-06).
ASU 2010-06
provides amendments that clarify existing disclosures and
require new disclosures related to fair value measurements,
providing greater disaggregated information on each class of
assets and liabilities and more robust disclosures on transfers
between levels 1 and 2, and activity in level 3 fair
value measurements. The Company adopted the applicable
provisions within ASU
2010-06
effective January 1, 2010. See Note 4 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the
level 3 disclosures of ASU
2010-06 that
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.
In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-09,
Subsequent Events (ASU
2010-09).
ASU 2010-09
removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date in
both the issued and revised financial statements for which the
Company evaluated events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. ASU
2010-09 was
effective as of February 2010.
B-31
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-17,
Revenue Recognition Milestone Method
(ASU
2010-17).
ASU 2010-17
establishes criteria for a milestone to be considered
substantive and allows revenue recognition when the milestone is
achieved in research or development arrangements. In addition,
it requires disclosure of certain information with respect to
arrangements that contain milestones. ASU
2010-17 is
effective for the Company prospectively beginning
January 1, 2011. The Company has evaluated ASU
2010-17 and
does not expect its adoption will have a significant impact on
the Companys consolidated results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-29,
Business Combinations (ASU
2010-29).
ASU 2010-29
addresses diversity in practice about the interpretation of the
pro forma disclosure requirement for business combinations. ASU
2010-29
requires disclosure of pro forma revenue and earnings for the
current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all
business combinations that occurred during the year had been as
of the beginning of the annual reporting period for both the
current and any comparable periods reported. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact of adopting the disclosure
requirements of ASU
2010-29 that
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010.
|
|
4.
|
Fair
Value Measurement
|
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the
asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants on the measurement date.
The Company utilizes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the
inputs to the valuations used to measure fair value. This
hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as
follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2
inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in
active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly through market
corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial
instrument. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on
the companys own assumptions used to measure assets and
liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or liabilitys
classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
At December 31, 2010, $3.6 million of the
Companys cash and cash equivalents and marketable
securities are valued as level 1 investments. In addition,
the Company held $4.7 million of marketable securities in
an institutional diversified equity securities mutual fund.
These securities are valued as level 2 investments. During
2010, the Company sold its level 2 investments in
fixed-income securities. The marketable securities are shown as
a separate line on the consolidated balance sheet. The
fixed-income securities are included in the investments and
other assets line of the consolidated balance sheet. For the
year ended December 31, 2010, gains and losses on the
investments noted above were not significant. No transfers
between level 1 and level 2 investments occurred
during the year ended December 31, 2010.
Fair value of the institutional equity securities mutual fund
was estimated using the net asset value of the Companys
ownership interests in the funds capital. The mutual fund
seeks to provide long-term growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities traded on U.S. exchanges and
issued by large, established companies across many business
sectors. Fair value of the fixed-income securities was estimated
using observable market inputs and the securities are primarily
corporate debt instruments and U.S. Government securities.
There are no restrictions on the Companys ability to
redeem these equity and fixed-income securities investments.
B-32
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company has designated certain foreign-currency-denominated
long-term borrowings as hedges of the net investment in certain
foreign operations. These net investment hedges are the
Companys British-pound-denominated long-term debt and
Euro-denominated long-term debt, pertaining to certain European
acquisitions whose functional currencies are either the British
pound or the Euro. These acquisitions were financed by
foreign-currency-denominated borrowings under the Companys
revolving credit facility and subsequently refinanced with
long-term private placement debt. These borrowings were designed
to create net investment hedges in each of the foreign
subsidiaries on their respective dates of acquisition. On the
respective dates of acquisition, the Company designated the
British pound- and Euro-denominated loans referred to above as
hedging instruments to offset foreign exchange gains or losses
on the net investment in the acquired business due to changes in
the British pound and Euro exchange rates. These net investment
hedges were evidenced by managements documentation
supporting the contemporaneous hedge designation on the
acquisition dates. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument
(the debt) following hedge designation, is reported in
accumulated other comprehensive income in the same manner as the
translation adjustment on the investment based on changes in the
spot rate, which is used to measure hedge effectiveness.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had $187.2 million
of British-pound-denominated loans, which are designated as a
hedge against the net investment in foreign subsidiaries
acquired in 2008, 2006, 2004 and 2003. At December 31,
2009, the Company had $145.5 million of
British-pound-denominated loans, which were designated as a
hedge against the net investment in foreign subsidiaries
acquired in 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2010 and 2009,
the Company had $66.9 million and $71.6 million,
respectively, of Euro-denominated loans, which were designated
as a hedge against the net investment in a foreign subsidiary
acquired in 2005. As a result of these British-pound- and
Euro-denominated loans being designated and effective as net
investment hedges, $9.9 million of currency remeasurement
gains and $15.3 million of currency remeasurement losses
have been included in the foreign currency translation component
of other comprehensive income at December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively.
|
|
6.
|
Fourth
Quarter of 2008 Restructuring Charges and Asset
Write-Downs
|
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded pre-tax
charges totaling $40.0 million, which had the effect of
reducing net income by $27.3 million ($0.17 per diluted
share). These charges included restructuring costs for employee
reductions and facility closures ($32.6 million), as well
as asset write-downs ($7.4 million). The charges included
$30.1 million for severance costs for more than 10% of the
Companys workforce and $1.5 million for lease
termination costs associated with the closure of certain
facilities. Of the $40.0 million in charges,
$32.9 million of the restructuring charges and asset
write-downs were recorded in cost of sales and $7.1 million
of the restructuring charges and asset write-downs were recorded
in Selling, general and administrative expenses. The
restructuring charges and asset write-downs were reported in
2008 segment operating income as follows: $20.4 million in
Electronic Instruments Group (EIG),
$19.4 million in Electromechanical Group (EMG)
and $0.2 million in Corporate administrative and other
expenses. The restructuring costs for employee reductions and
facility closures relate to plans established by the Company in
2008 as part of cost reduction initiatives that were broadly
implemented across the Companys various businesses during
fiscal 2009. The restructuring costs resulted from the
consolidation of manufacturing facilities, the migration of
production to low-cost locales and a general reduction in
workforce in response to lower levels of expected sales volumes
in certain of the Companys businesses.
B-33
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table provides a rollforward of the remaining
accruals established in the fourth quarter of 2008 for
restructuring charges and asset write-downs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Closures
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Restructuring accruals at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
30.1
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
31.6
|
|
Utilization
|
|
|
(18.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation and other
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring accruals at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
Utilization
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation and other
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring accruals at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company spent $538.6 million in cash, net of cash
acquired, to acquire Technical Services for Electronics
(TSE) in June 2010, Haydon Enterprises in July 2010,
Atlas Material Testing Technology LLC (Atlas) in
November 2010, as well as the small acquisitions of Sterling
Ultra Precision in January 2010, Imago Scientific Instruments in
April 2010 and American Reliances Power Division in August
2010. TSE is a manufacturer of engineered interconnect solutions
for the medical device industry. Haydon Enterprises is a leader
in linear actuators and lead screw assemblies for the medical,
industrial equipment, aerospace, analytical instrument, computer
peripheral and semiconductor industries. Atlas is the
worlds leading provider of weathering test instruments and
related testing and consulting services. Atlas is a part of EIG
and TSE and Haydon Enterprises are part of EMG.
The operating results of the above acquisitions have been
included in the Companys consolidated results from the
respective dates of acquisitions.
The following table represents the allocation of the aggregate
purchase price for the net assets of the above acquisitions
based on their estimated fair value (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
23.3
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
313.5
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
276.3
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(80.6
|
)
|
Net working capital and other
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
538.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount allocated to goodwill is reflective of the benefits
the Company expects to realize from the acquisitions as follows:
TSE expands the Companys position in the medical device
market and is an excellent fit with the HCC division, which
manufactures highly engineered electronic interconnects and
microelectronics packaging for sophisticated electronic
applications. Haydon Enterprises product line complements
the Companys highly differentiated technical motor
business, which shares common markets, customers and
distribution channels, and places AMETEK in a unique position as
the premier industry provider of high-end linear and rotary
motion control solutions. Atlas has products which include
weather exposure test systems, corrosion-testing instruments,
specialty lighting systems, and large-scale weathering test
chambers. In addition, Atlas offers indoor laboratory and
outdoor testing services, photovoltaic and solar testing and
consulting. Atlas provides the Company with another
B-34
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
growth platform in the materials testing equipment market and
broadens AMETEKs presence in the fast-growing photovoltaic
testing market. The Company expects approximately
$36.3 million of the goodwill recorded in connection with
2010 acquisitions will be tax deductible in future years.
The Company is in the process of conducting third-party
valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired.
Adjustments to the allocation of purchase price will be recorded
when this information is finalized. Therefore, the allocation of
the purchase price is subject to revision.
At December 31, 2010, purchase price allocated to other
intangible assets of $276.3 million consists of
$80.6 million of indefinite-lived intangible trademarks and
trade names, which are not subject to amortization. The
remaining $195.7 million of other intangible assets consist
of $159.7 million of customer relationships, which are
being amortized over a period of 20 years and
$36.0 million of purchased technology, which are being
amortized over a period of 12 to 16 years.
In 2009, the Company spent $72.9 million in cash, net of
cash acquired, to acquire High Standard Aviation in January
2009, a small acquisition of two businesses in India, Unispec
Marketing Pvt. Ltd. and Thelsha Technical Services Pvt. Ltd., in
September 2009 and Ameron Global in December 2009. High Standard
Aviation is a provider of electrical and electromechanical,
hydraulic and pneumatic repair services to the aerospace
industry. Ameron Global is a manufacturer of highly engineered
pressurized gas components and systems for commercial and
aerospace customers and is also a leader in maintenance, repair
and overhaul of fire suppression and oxygen supply systems. High
Standard Aviation and Ameron Global are a part of EMG.
The 2010 acquisitions noted above had an immaterial impact on
reported net sales, net income and diluted earnings per share
for the year ended December 31, 2010. Had the 2010
acquisitions been made at the beginning of 2010, unaudited pro
forma net sales, net income and diluted earnings per share for
the year ended December 31, 2010 would not have been
materially different than the amounts reported.
Had the 2010 acquisitions and the 2009 acquisitions been made at
the beginning of 2009, unaudited pro forma net sales would have
been $2,290.8 million and net income and diluted earnings
per share would not have been materially different than the
amounts reported.
Pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results
that would have occurred if the acquisitions had been completed
at the beginning of 2009.
In 2008, the Company spent $463.0 million in cash, net of
cash acquired, for six acquisitions and one small technology
line. The acquisitions include Drake Air (Drake) and
Motion Control Group (MCG) in February 2008, Reading
Alloys in April 2008, Vision Research, Inc. in June 2008, the
programmable power business of Xantrex Technology, Inc.
(Xantrex Programmable) in August 2008 and Muirhead
Aerospace Limited (Muirhead) in November 2008. Drake
is a provider of heat-transfer repair services to the commercial
aerospace industry and further expands the Companys
presence in the global aerospace maintenance, repair and
overhaul services industry. MCG is a leading global manufacturer
of highly customized motors and motion control solutions for the
medical, life sciences, industrial automation, semiconductor and
aviation markets. MCG enhances the Companys capability in
providing precision motion technology solutions. Reading Alloys
is a global leader in specialty titanium master alloys and
highly engineered metal powders used in the aerospace, medical
implant, military and electronics markets. Vision Research is a
leading manufacturer of high-speed digital imaging systems used
for motion capture and analysis in numerous test and measurement
applications. Xantrex Programmable is a leader in alternating
current and direct current programmable power supplies used to
test electrical and electronic products. Muirhead is a leading
manufacturer of motion technology products and a provider of
avionics repair and overhaul
B-35
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
services for the aerospace and defense markets. Drake, MCG,
Reading Alloys and Muirhead are part of EMG and Vision Research
and Xantrex Programmable are part of EIG.
|
|
8.
|
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
|
The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by segment were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EIG
|
|
|
EMG
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
737.2
|
|
|
$
|
502.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,240.1
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
Purchase price allocation adjustments and other
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
746.9
|
|
|
|
530.4
|
|
|
|
1,277.3
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
105.2
|
|
|
|
208.3
|
|
|
|
313.5
|
|
Purchase price allocation adjustments and other
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
|
|
(24.3
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
864.4
|
|
|
$
|
709.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,573.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets were as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Definite-lived intangible assets (subject to amortization):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents
|
|
$
|
52,403
|
|
|
$
|
54,150
|
|
Purchased technology
|
|
|
107,170
|
|
|
|
75,564
|
|
Customer lists
|
|
|
479,943
|
|
|
|
319,820
|
|
Other acquired intangibles
|
|
|
25,944
|
|
|
|
25,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
665,460
|
|
|
|
474,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents
|
|
|
(28,687
|
)
|
|
|
(27,099
|
)
|
Purchased technology
|
|
|
(28,026
|
)
|
|
|
(24,442
|
)
|
Customer lists
|
|
|
(70,982
|
)
|
|
|
(51,596
|
)
|
Other acquired intangibles
|
|
|
(20,825
|
)
|
|
|
(19,772
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(148,520
|
)
|
|
|
(122,909
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net intangible assets subject to amortization
|
|
|
516,940
|
|
|
|
351,736
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible assets (not subject to amortization):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and trade names
|
|
|
244,616
|
|
|
|
170,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
761,556
|
|
|
$
|
521,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense was $27.5 million, $23.3 million
and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Amortization expense for each
of the next five years is expected to approximate
$33.5 million per year, not considering the impact of
potential future acquisitions.
B-36
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
9.
|
Other
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
INVENTORIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finished goods and parts
|
|
$
|
46,953
|
|
|
$
|
46,777
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
73,556
|
|
|
|
65,752
|
|
Raw materials and purchased parts
|
|
|
214,744
|
|
|
|
199,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
335,253
|
|
|
$
|
311,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
32,634
|
|
|
$
|
30,792
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
209,019
|
|
|
|
204,447
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
651,883
|
|
|
|
635,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
893,536
|
|
|
|
870,702
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(575,410
|
)
|
|
|
(560,649
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
318,126
|
|
|
$
|
310,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCRUED LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
71,957
|
|
|
$
|
41,670
|
|
Severance and lease termination
|
|
|
18,143
|
|
|
|
23,129
|
|
Product warranty obligation
|
|
|
18,347
|
|
|
|
16,035
|
|
Other
|
|
|
69,634
|
|
|
|
52,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
178,081
|
|
|
$
|
133,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ALLOWANCES FOR POSSIBLE LOSSES ON ACCOUNTS AND
NOTES RECEIVABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
5,788
|
|
|
$
|
8,489
|
|
|
$
|
6,393
|
|
Additions charged to expense
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
5,648
|
|
Recoveries credited to allowance
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
(1,036
|
)
|
|
|
(4,520
|
)
|
|
|
(2,878
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustments and other
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
|
(684
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
6,047
|
|
|
$
|
5,788
|
|
|
$
|
8,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-37
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. dollar 6.59% senior notes due September 2015
|
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 6.69% senior notes due December 2015
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 6.20% senior notes due December 2017
|
|
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
270,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 6.35% senior notes due July 2018
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 7.08% senior notes due September 2018
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 7.18% senior notes due December 2018
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
U.S. dollar 6.30% senior notes due December 2019
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
British pound 5.96% senior note due September 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,815
|
|
British pound 5.99% senior note due November 2016
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
64,652
|
|
British pound 4.68% senior note due September 2020
|
|
|
124,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro 3.94% senior note due August 2015
|
|
|
66,850
|
|
|
|
71,582
|
|
Revolving credit loan
|
|
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, principally foreign
|
|
|
22,474
|
|
|
|
24,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,168,512
|
|
|
|
1,041,681
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
(97,152
|
)
|
|
|
(85,801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,071,360
|
|
|
$
|
955,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31,
2010 were as follows: $4.1 million in 2012;
$2.3 million in 2013; $1.7 million in 2014;
$193.3 million in 2015; $63.2 million in 2016; and
$806.7 million in 2017 and thereafter.
In the third quarter of 2010, the Company paid in full an
expiring 50 million British pound ($78.2 million)
5.96% senior note. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the
Company paid in full a 10.5 million British pound
($16.9 million) floating-rate term note. In the second
quarter of 2009, the Company paid in full a 40 million
British pound ($62.0 million) borrowing under the revolving
credit facility.
In December 2007, the Company issued $270 million in
aggregate principal amount of 6.20% private placement senior
notes due December 2017 and $100 million in aggregate
principal amount of 6.30% private placement senior notes due
December 2019. In July 2008, the Company issued $80 million
in aggregate principal amount of 6.35% private placement senior
notes due July 2018. In September 2008, the Company issued
$90 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.59% private
placement senior notes due September 2015 and $160 million
in aggregate principal amount of 7.08% private placement senior
notes due September 2018. In December 2008, the Company issued
$35 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.69% private
placement senior notes due December 2015 and $65 million in
aggregate principal amount of 7.18% private placement senior
notes due December 2018.
In September 2005, the Company issued a 50 million Euro
($66.9 million at December 31,
2010) 3.94% senior note due August 2015. In November
2004, the Company issued a 40 million British pound
($62.4 million at December 31,
2010) 5.99% senior note due in November 2016. In
September 2010, the Company issued an 80 million British
pound ($124.8 million at December 31,
2010) 4.68% senior note due in September 2020.
B-38
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Companys revolving credit facilitys total
borrowing capacity is $550 million, which includes an
accordion feature that permits the Company to request up to an
additional $100 million in revolving credit commitments at
any time during the life of the revolving credit agreement under
certain conditions. The facility expires in June 2012. The
revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on
allowable additional indebtedness. At December 31, 2010,
the Company had available borrowing capacity of
$437.5 million under its revolving bank credit facility.
Interest rates on outstanding loans under the revolving credit
facility are at the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate
(LIBOR) plus a negotiated spread, or at the
U.S. prime rate. At December 31, 2010, the Company had
$92.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the revolving
credit facility. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no
borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The
weighted average interest rate on the revolving credit facility
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 0.82%
and 0.60%, respectively. The Company had outstanding letters of
credit totaling $22.6 million and $19.8 million at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The private placements, the senior notes and the revolving
credit facility are subject to certain customary covenants,
including financial covenants that, among other things, require
the Company to maintain certain
debt-to-EBITDA
and interest coverage ratios. The Company was in compliance with
all provisions of the debt arrangements at December 31,
2010.
Foreign subsidiaries of the Company had available credit
facilities with local foreign lenders of $54.5 million at
December 31, 2010. Foreign subsidiaries had debt
outstanding at December 31, 2010 totaling
$22.5 million, including $17.3 million reported in
long-term debt.
The weighted average interest rate on total debt outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 6.3% and 6.4%, respectively.
In January 2010, the Board of Directors approved an increase of
$75 million in the authorization for the repurchase of its
common stock. This increase was added to the $68.5 million
that remained available at December 31, 2009 from existing
authorizations approved in 2008, for a total of
$143.5 million available for repurchases of the
Companys common stock. In 2010, the Company repurchased
approximately 3,071,000 shares of common stock for
$78.6 million in cash under its current share repurchase
authorization. The Company did not repurchase shares in 2009. At
December 31, 2010, $64.9 million was available under
the current Board authorization for future share repurchases.
At December 31, 2010, the Company held 7.3 million
shares in its treasury at a cost of $153.6 million,
compared with 4.7 million shares at a cost of
$83.3 million at December 31, 2009. The number of
shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 was
160.7 million shares, compared with 161.8 million
shares at December 31, 2009.
The Company has a Shareholder Rights Plan, under which the
Companys Board of Directors declared a dividend of one
Right for each share of Company common stock owned at the close
of business on June 2, 2007, and has authorized the
issuance of one Right for each share of common stock of the
Company issued between the Record Date and the Distribution
Date. The Plan provides, under certain conditions involving
acquisition of the Companys common stock, that holders of
Rights, except for the acquiring entity, would be entitled
(i) to purchase shares of preferred stock at a specified
exercise price, or (ii) to purchase shares of common stock
of the Company, or the acquiring company, having a value of
twice the Rights exercise price. The Rights under the Plan
expire in June 2017.
B-39
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Share-Based
Compensation
|
Under the terms of the Companys stockholder-approved
share-based plans, incentive and non-qualified stock options and
restricted stock awards have been, and may be, issued to the
Companys officers, management-level employees and members
of its Board of Directors. Employee and non-employee director
stock options generally vest at a rate of 25% per year,
beginning one year from the date of the grant, and restricted
stock awards generally have a four-year cliff vesting. Stock
options generally have a maximum contractual term of seven
years. At December 31, 2010, 8.3 million shares of
Company common stock were reserved for issuance under the
Companys share-based plans, including 6.1 million
shares for stock options outstanding.
The Company issues previously unissued shares when stock options
are exercised and shares are issued from treasury stock upon the
award of restricted stock.
The Company measures and records compensation expense related to
all stock awards by recognizing the grant date fair value of the
awards over their requisite service periods in the financial
statements. For grants under any of the Companys plans
that are subject to graded vesting over a service period, the
Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service period for the entire award.
The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the
date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.
The following weighted average assumptions were used in the
Black-Scholes-Merton model to estimate the fair values of
options granted during the years indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Expected stock volatility
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
25.8
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
Expected life of the options (years)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.48
|
%
|
|
|
1.89
|
%
|
|
|
2.60
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
|
|
0.73
|
%
|
|
|
0.49
|
%
|
Black-Scholes-Merton fair value per option granted*
|
|
$
|
7.56
|
|
|
$
|
5.20
|
|
|
$
|
6.39
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
Expected stock volatility is based on the historical volatility
of the Companys stock. The Company used historical
exercise data to estimate the stock options expected life,
which represents the period of time that the stock options
granted are expected to be outstanding. Management anticipates
that the future stock option holding periods will be similar to
the historical stock option holding periods. The risk-free
interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the
stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at
the time of grant. Compensation expense recognized for all
share-based awards is net of estimated forfeitures. The
Companys estimated forfeiture rates are based on its
historical experience.
Total share-based compensation expense was as follows for the
years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Stock option expense
|
|
$
|
7,580
|
|
|
$
|
6,297
|
|
|
$
|
6,300
|
|
Restricted stock expense
|
|
|
9,016
|
|
|
|
7,205
|
|
|
|
13,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-tax expense
|
|
|
16,596
|
|
|
|
13,502
|
|
|
|
20,186
|
|
Related tax benefit
|
|
|
(5,459
|
)
|
|
|
(4,223
|
)
|
|
|
(3,990
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction of net income
|
|
$
|
11,137
|
|
|
$
|
9,279
|
|
|
$
|
16,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-40
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Pre-tax share-based compensation expense is included in either
cost of sales, or selling, general and administrative expenses,
depending on where the recipients cash compensation is
reported.
The following is a summary of the Companys stock option
activity and related information for the year ended
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Shares*
|
|
|
Exercise Price*
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
6,608
|
|
|
$
|
21.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
29.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,550
|
)
|
|
|
14.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
25.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
31.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at the end of the year
|
|
|
6,119
|
|
|
$
|
24.25
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
$
|
91.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at the end of the year
|
|
|
2,883
|
|
|
$
|
21.99
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
49.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during
2010, 2009 and 2008 was $29.3 million, $15.5 million
and $13.3 million, respectively. The total fair value of
stock options vested during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$7.0 million, $5.4 million and $5.6 million,
respectively.
The following is a summary of the status of the Companys
nonvested stock options outstanding for the year ended
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares*
|
|
|
Fair Value*
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested stock options outstanding at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
3,339
|
|
|
$
|
5.69
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
7.56
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(1,182
|
)
|
|
|
5.90
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
5.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested stock options outstanding at the end of the year
|
|
|
3,236
|
|
|
$
|
6.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
As of December 31, 2010, there was approximately
$14.1 million of expected future pre-tax compensation
expense related to the 3.2 million nonvested stock options
outstanding, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted
average period of less than two years.
The fair value of restricted shares under the Companys
restricted stock arrangement is determined by the product of the
number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the
Companys common stock. Upon the grant of restricted stock,
the fair value of the restricted shares (unearned compensation)
at the date of grant is charged as a reduction of capital in
excess of par value in the Companys consolidated balance
sheet and is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over
the vesting period, which is the same as the calculated derived
service period as determined on the grant date.
B-41
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Restricted stock awards are subject to accelerated vesting due
to certain events, including doubling of the grant price of the
Companys common stock as of the close of business during
any five consecutive trading days. On May 19, 2008, the
April 27, 2005 grant of 1,059,908 shares (as adjusted
to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2.) of restricted stock vested under this accelerated
vesting provision. The pre-tax charge to income due to the
accelerated vesting of these shares was $7.8 million
($7.3 million net after-tax charge) for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
The following is a summary of the status of the Companys
nonvested restricted stock outstanding for the year ended
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares*
|
|
|
Fair Value*
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at the beginning of the
year
|
|
|
1,376
|
|
|
$
|
24.63
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
28.97
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(256
|
)
|
|
|
22.33
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
25.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at the end of the year
|
|
|
1,532
|
|
|
$
|
26.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
The total fair value of the restricted stock that vested was
$5.7 million and $17.8 million in 2010 and 2008,
respectively, and 2009 was not significant. The weighted average
fair value of restricted stock granted per share during 2010 and
2009 was $29.01 and $21.83 (as adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2.), respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there
was approximately $20.9 million of expected future pre-tax
compensation expense related to the 1.5 million nonvested
restricted shares outstanding, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two
years.
Under a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
(SERP) in 2010, the Company reserved
27,301 shares of common stock. Reductions for retirements
and terminations were 3,599 shares in 2010. The total
number of shares of common stock reserved under the SERP was
423,167 as of December 31, 2010. Charges to expense under
the SERP are not significant in amount and are considered
pension expense with the offsetting credit reflected in capital
in excess of par value.
|
|
13.
|
Leases
and Other Commitments
|
Minimum aggregate rental commitments under noncancellable leases
in effect at December 31, 2010 (principally for production
and administrative facilities and equipment) amounted to
$97.1 million, consisting of payments of $19.6 million
in 2011, $15.6 million in 2012, $11.5 million in 2013,
$7.9 million in 2014, $6.8 million in 2015 and
$35.7 million thereafter. Rental expense was
$23.1 million in 2010, $22.8 million in 2009 and
$22.7 million in 2008. The leases expire over a range of
years from 2011 to 2082, with renewal or purchase options,
subject to various terms and conditions, contained in most of
the leases.
The Company acquired a capital lease obligation in 2007 for land
and a building. The lease has a term of 12 years, which
began July 2006, and is payable quarterly. Property, plant and
equipment as of December 31, 2010 includes a building of
$11.9 million, net of $2.2 million of accumulated
depreciation, and land of $2.0 million related to this
capital lease. Amortization of the leased assets of
$0.6 million is included in 2010 depreciation expense.
Future minimum lease payments are estimated to be
$0.9 million in each of the years 2011 through 2015 and
$7.6 million thereafter, for total minimum lease payments
of $12.1 million, net of interest.
B-42
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had
$222.0 million and $161.9 million, respectively, in
purchase obligations outstanding, which primarily consisted of
contractual commitments to purchase certain inventories at fixed
prices.
The components of income before income taxes and the details of
the provision for income taxes were as follows for the years
ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Income before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
266,783
|
|
|
$
|
207,831
|
|
|
$
|
260,464
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
139,467
|
|
|
|
86,802
|
|
|
|
105,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
406,250
|
|
|
$
|
294,633
|
|
|
$
|
366,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
70,008
|
|
|
$
|
58,247
|
|
|
$
|
52,581
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
37,514
|
|
|
|
22,123
|
|
|
|
29,889
|
|
State
|
|
|
11,022
|
|
|
|
2,725
|
|
|
|
7,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
118,544
|
|
|
|
83,095
|
|
|
|
89,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
7,071
|
|
|
|
7,024
|
|
|
|
28,920
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(3,105
|
)
|
|
|
(1,464
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(192
|
)
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
3,774
|
|
|
|
5,768
|
|
|
|
29,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision
|
|
$
|
122,318
|
|
|
$
|
88,863
|
|
|
$
|
119,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-43
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Significant components of the deferred tax (asset) liability
were as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current deferred tax (asset) liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves not currently deductible
|
|
$
|
(19,795
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,437
|
)
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
(4,989
|
)
|
|
|
(3,870
|
)
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
(2,344
|
)
|
|
|
(2,829
|
)
|
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(3,360
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
2,040
|
|
|
|
(1,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
(27,106
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,669
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax (asset) liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences in basis of property and accelerated depreciation
|
|
$
|
28,697
|
|
|
$
|
22,285
|
|
Reserves not currently deductible
|
|
|
(21,953
|
)
|
|
|
(19,913
|
)
|
Pensions
|
|
|
31,927
|
|
|
|
31,453
|
|
Differences in basis of intangible assets and accelerated
amortization
|
|
|
287,645
|
|
|
|
188,045
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
(9,077
|
)
|
|
|
(6,513
|
)
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
(10,422
|
)
|
|
|
(9,893
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(3,578
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,323
|
|
|
|
201,886
|
|
Less: Valuation allowance
|
|
|
5,143
|
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability
|
|
|
311,466
|
|
|
|
206,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
284,360
|
|
|
$
|
175,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective tax rate reconciles to the
U.S. Federal statutory rate as follows for the years ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
U.S. Federal statutory rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Foreign operations, net
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated effective tax rate
|
|
|
30.1
|
%
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
|
|
32.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010, U.S. deferred income taxes
totaling $5.7 million were provided on undistributed
earnings of certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are not expected to be permanently reinvested in such
companies. There has been no provision for U.S. deferred
income taxes for the undistributed earnings of certain other
subsidiaries, which total approximately $284.3 million at
December 31, 2010, because the Company intends to reinvest
these earnings indefinitely in operations outside the United
States. Upon distribution of those earnings to the United
States, the Company would be subject to U.S. income taxes
and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had tax benefits of
$11.4 million related to net operating loss carryforwards,
which will be available to offset future income taxes payable,
subject to certain annual or other
B-44
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
limitations based on foreign and U.S. tax laws. This amount
includes net operating loss carryforwards of $8.4 million
for federal income tax purposes with a valuation allowance of
$3.3 million, $2.7 million for state income tax
purposes with a valuation allowance of $0.3 million, and
$0.3 million for foreign income tax purposes with a
valuation allowance of $0.1 million. These net operating
loss carryforwards, if not used, will expire between 2011 and
2031. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had
$2.0 million of U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards.
The Company maintains a valuation allowance to reduce certain
deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to
be realized. This allowance primarily relates to the deferred
tax assets established for net operating loss carryforwards. In
2010, the Company recorded an increase of $0.7 million in
the valuation allowance primarily related to state tax credits
that will not be utilized due to net operating loss
carryforwards.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had gross unrecognized
tax benefits of $22.8 million, of which $18.3 million,
if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. At
December 31, 2009, the Company had gross unrecognized tax
benefits of $26.5 million, of which $25.6 million, if
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to
uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company reported
$6.1 million and $5.5 million, respectively, related
to interest and penalty exposure as accrued income tax expense
in the consolidated balance sheet. During 2010, 2009 and 2008,
the Company recognized $1.9 million of expense,
$0.7 million of income and $0.8 million of expense,
respectively, for interest and penalties in the income statement.
The most significant tax jurisdiction for the Company is the
United States. The Company files income tax returns in various
state and foreign tax jurisdictions, in some cases for multiple
legal entities per jurisdiction. Generally, the Company has open
tax years subject to tax audit on average of between three and
six years in these jurisdictions. In 2010, the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) completed the examination of the
Companys U.S. income tax returns for 2006 and 2007.
In 2009, the Company concluded an exam in Germany for the period
2004 through 2006. The Company has not materially extended any
other statutes of limitation for any significant location and
has reviewed and accrued for, where necessary, tax liabilities
for open periods. Tax years in certain state and foreign
jurisdictions remain subject to examination; however the
uncertain tax positions related to these jurisdictions are not
considered material.
During 2010, the Company added $5.4 million of tax,
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions and
reversed $8.4 million of tax and interest related to
statute expirations and settlement of prior uncertain positions.
During 2009, the Company added $15.9 million of tax,
interest and penalties related to 2009 activity for identified
uncertain tax positions and reversed $4.8 million of tax
and interest related to statute expirations and settlement of
prior uncertain positions.
B-45
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following is a reconciliation of the liability for uncertain
tax positions at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
26.5
|
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
$
|
22.7
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
Reductions related to settlements with taxing authorities
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)
|
Reductions due to statute expirations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
$
|
26.5
|
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The additions above primarily reflect the increase in tax
liabilities for uncertain tax positions related to certain
foreign activities and for research and development credits,
while the reductions above reflect the settlement of an IRS
audit and amended filings. At December 31, 2010, tax,
interest and penalties of $19.9 million were classified as
a noncurrent liability. The net decrease in uncertain tax
positions for the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted in
a decrease to income tax expense of $4.1 million.
|
|
15.
|
Retirement
Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits
|
Retirement
and Pension Plans
The Company sponsors several retirement and pension plans
covering eligible salaried and hourly employees. The plans
generally provide benefits based on participants years of
service
and/or
compensation. The following is a brief description of the
Companys retirement and pension plans.
The Company maintains contributory and noncontributory defined
benefit pension plans. Benefits for eligible salaried and hourly
employees under all defined benefit plans are funded through
trusts established in conjunction with the plans. The
Companys funding policy with respect to its defined
benefit plans is to contribute amounts that provide for benefits
based on actuarial calculations and the applicable requirements
of U.S. federal and local foreign laws. The Company
estimates that it will make both required and discretionary cash
contributions of approximately $3 million to
$5 million to its worldwide defined benefit pension plans
in 2011.
The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 (its fiscal
year end) for its U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension
plans.
The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement and savings plan for
eligible U.S. employees. Participants in the savings plan
may contribute a portion of their compensation on a before-tax
basis. The Company matches employee contributions on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis up to six percent of eligible compensation or a maximum of
$1,200 per participant.
The Companys retirement and savings plan has a defined
contribution retirement feature principally to cover
U.S. salaried employees joining the Company after
December 31, 1996. Under the retirement feature, the
Company makes contributions for eligible employees based on a
pre-established percentage of the covered employees salary
subject to pre-established vesting. Employees of certain of the
Companys foreign operations participate in various local
defined contribution plans.
B-46
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company also has a defined contribution retirement plan for
certain of its U.S. acquired businesses for the benefit of
eligible employees. Company contributions are made for each
participant up to a specified percentage, not to exceed six
percent of the participants base compensation.
The Company has nonqualified unfunded retirement plans for its
Directors and certain retired employees. It also provides
supplemental retirement benefits, through contractual
arrangements
and/or a
SERP covering certain current and former executives of the
Company. These supplemental benefits are designed to compensate
the executive for retirement benefits that would have been
provided under the Companys primary retirement plan,
except for statutory limitations on compensation that must be
taken into account under those plans. The projected benefit
obligations of the SERP and the contracts will primarily be
funded by a grant of shares of the Companys common stock
upon retirement or termination of the executive. The Company is
providing for these obligations by charges to earnings over the
applicable periods.
The following tables set forth the changes in net projected
benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets for the
funded and unfunded defined benefit plans for the years ended
December 31:
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Change in projected benefit obligation (PBO):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
376,907
|
|
|
$
|
348,475
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
22,395
|
|
Actuarial losses
|
|
|
9,578
|
|
|
|
26,620
|
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(24,380
|
)
|
|
|
(23,861
|
)
|
Plan amendments and other
|
|
|
(1,748
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net projected benefit obligation at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
384,763
|
|
|
$
|
376,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
430,513
|
|
|
$
|
354,851
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
59,520
|
|
|
|
81,150
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
18,373
|
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(24,380
|
)
|
|
|
(23,861
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
465,903
|
|
|
$
|
430,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-47
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Change in projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
110,607
|
|
|
$
|
88,166
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
6,386
|
|
|
|
5,844
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
9,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(4,370
|
)
|
|
|
9,371
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
Actuarial losses
|
|
|
6,069
|
|
|
|
9,532
|
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(3,384
|
)
|
|
|
(3,473
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net projected benefit obligation at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
126,334
|
|
|
$
|
110,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
112,503
|
|
|
$
|
84,817
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
15,852
|
|
|
|
19,000
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
3,305
|
|
|
|
2,754
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(4,062
|
)
|
|
|
9,001
|
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(3,384
|
)
|
|
|
(3,473
|
)
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
1,936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
126,539
|
|
|
$
|
112,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) consisted
of the following at December 31:
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Funded plans
|
|
$
|
370,610
|
|
|
$
|
359,516
|
|
Unfunded plans
|
|
|
4,757
|
|
|
|
4,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
375,367
|
|
|
$
|
364,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Funded plans
|
|
$
|
107,506
|
|
|
$
|
98,886
|
|
Unfunded plans
|
|
|
7,432
|
|
|
|
1,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
114,938
|
|
|
$
|
100,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-48
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.60
|
%
|
|
|
5.90
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (where applicable)
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.71
|
%
|
|
|
5.98
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (where applicable)
|
|
|
2.97
|
%
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
The following is a summary of the fair value of plan assets for
U.S. plans at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Certain
reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made to
conform to the current year presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Asset Class
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and temporary investments
|
|
$
|
23,163
|
|
|
$
|
23,163
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMETEK common stock
|
|
|
33,822
|
|
|
|
33,822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,973
|
|
|
|
25,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Small cap common stocks
|
|
|
35,280
|
|
|
|
35,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,627
|
|
|
|
35,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Large cap common stocks
|
|
|
71,898
|
|
|
|
46,461
|
|
|
|
25,437
|
|
|
|
57,225
|
|
|
|
33,340
|
|
|
|
23,885
|
|
Diversified common stocks U.S.
|
|
|
42,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,135
|
|
|
|
40,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,920
|
|
Diversified common stocks Global
|
|
|
67,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,575
|
|
|
|
63,554
|
|
|
|
42,984
|
|
|
|
20,570
|
|
Fixed-income securities and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Corporate and government
|
|
|
45,987
|
|
|
|
45,987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,531
|
|
|
|
62,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global asset allocation*
|
|
|
99,058
|
|
|
|
60,226
|
|
|
|
38,832
|
|
|
|
81,229
|
|
|
|
50,153
|
|
|
|
31,076
|
|
Inflation related funds
|
|
|
46,985
|
|
|
|
17,349
|
|
|
|
29,636
|
|
|
|
41,560
|
|
|
|
16,317
|
|
|
|
25,243
|
|
Hedge funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investments
|
|
$
|
465,903
|
|
|
$
|
262,288
|
|
|
$
|
203,615
|
|
|
$
|
430,513
|
|
|
$
|
269,861
|
|
|
$
|
141,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
This asset class was invested in diversified companies in all
geographical regions. |
Level 1 investments are valued using unadjusted, observable
inputs from active markets. Equity funds and fixed income funds
that are valued by the vendor using observable market inputs are
considered level 2 investments. Hedge funds are considered
level 3 investments as their values are determined by the
sponsor using unobservable market data.
B-49
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following is a summary of the changes in the fair value of
the U.S. plans level 3 investments (fair value
using significant unobservable inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hedge Funds
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
17,410
|
|
Actual return on assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at the end
of the year
|
|
|
1,548
|
|
Realized gains (losses) relating to assets sold during the year
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
18,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at the end
of the year
|
|
|
|
|
Realized gains (losses) relating to assets sold during the year
|
|
|
755
|
|
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
|
|
|
(19,713
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expected long-term rate of return on these plan assets was
8.25% in 2010 and 2009. Equity securities included
861,300 shares of AMETEK, Inc. common stock with a market
value of $33.8 million (7.3% of total plan investment
assets) at December 31, 2010 and 1,018,800 shares of
AMETEK, Inc. common stock with a market value of
$26.0 million (6.0% of total plan investment assets) at
December 31, 2009.
The objectives of the AMETEK, Inc. U.S. defined benefit
plans investment strategy are to maximize the plans
funded status and minimize Company contributions and plan
expense. Because the goal is to optimize returns over the long
term, an investment policy that favors equity holdings has been
established. Since there may be periods of time where both
equity and fixed-income markets provide poor returns, an
allocation to alternative assets may be made to improve the
overall portfolios diversification and return potential.
The Company periodically reviews its asset allocation, taking
into consideration plan liabilities, plan benefit payment
streams and the investment strategy of the pension plans. The
actual asset allocation is monitored frequently relative to the
established targets and ranges and is rebalanced when necessary.
The target allocations for the U.S. defined benefits plans
are approximately 50% equity securities, 30% fixed-income
securities and 20% other securities
and/or cash.
The equity portfolio is diversified by market capitalization and
style. The equity portfolio also includes an international
component.
The objective of the fixed-income portion of the pension assets
is to provide interest rate sensitivity for a portion of the
assets and to provide diversification. The fixed-income
portfolio is diversified within certain quality and maturity
guidelines in an attempt to minimize the adverse effects of
interest rate fluctuations.
Other than for investments in alternative assets, described in
the footnote to the table above, certain investments are
prohibited. Prohibited investments include venture capital,
private placements, unregistered or restricted stock, margin
trading, commodities, short selling and rights and warrants.
Foreign currency futures, options and forward contracts may be
used to manage foreign currency exposure.
B-50
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following is a summary of the fair value of plan assets for
foreign defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2010
and 2009. Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have
been made to conform to the current year presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Asset Class
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
4,336
|
|
|
$
|
4,336
|
|
|
$
|
3,148
|
|
|
$
|
3,148
|
|
U.S. Mutual equity funds
|
|
|
10,141
|
|
|
|
10,141
|
|
|
|
7,758
|
|
|
|
7,758
|
|
Foreign mutual equity funds
|
|
|
77,260
|
|
|
|
77,260
|
|
|
|
72,513
|
|
|
|
72,513
|
|
Real estate
|
|
|
2,647
|
|
|
|
2,647
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
Mutual bond funds Global
|
|
|
18,782
|
|
|
|
18,782
|
|
|
|
16,958
|
|
|
|
16,958
|
|
Life insurance
|
|
|
13,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investments
|
|
$
|
126,539
|
|
|
$
|
113,166
|
|
|
$
|
112,503
|
|
|
$
|
102,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity funds, real estate funds and fixed income funds that are
valued by the vendor using observable market inputs are
considered level 2 investments. Life insurance assets are
considered level 3 investments as their values are
determined by the sponsor using unobservable market data.
The following is a summary of the changes in the fair value of
the foreign plans level 3 investments (fair value
determined using significant unobservable inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life Insurance
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
8,639
|
|
Actual return on assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at the end
of the year
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
Realized gains (losses) relating to assets sold during the year
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at the end
of the year
|
|
|
1,690
|
|
Realized gains (losses) relating to assets sold during the year
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
1,936
|
|
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
13,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The objective of AMETEK, Inc.s foreign defined benefit
plans investment strategy is to maximize the long-term
rate of return on plan investments, subject to a reasonable
level of risk. Liability studies are also performed on a regular
basis to provide guidance in setting investment goals with an
objective to balance risks against the current and future needs
of the plans. The trustees consider the risk associated with the
different asset classes, relative to the plans liabilities
and how this can be affected by diversification, and the
relative returns available on equities, fixed-income
investments, real estate and cash. Also, the likely volatility
of those returns and the cash flow requirements of the plans are
considered. It is expected that equities will outperform
fixed-income investments over the long term. However, the
trustees recognize the fact that fixed-income investments may
better match the liabilities for pensioners. Because of the
relatively young active employee group covered by the plans and
the immature nature of the plans, the trustees have chosen to
adopt an asset allocation strategy more heavily weighted toward
equity investments. This asset allocation strategy will be
reviewed, from time to time, in view of changes in market
B-51
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
conditions and in the plans liability profile. The target
allocations for the foreign defined benefit plans are
approximately 75% equity securities, 10% fixed-income securities
and 15% other securities, insurance or cash.
The assumption for the expected return on plan assets was
developed based on a review of historical investment returns for
the investment categories for the defined benefit pension
assets. This review also considered current capital market
conditions and projected future investment returns. The
estimates of future capital market returns by asset class are
lower than the actual long-term historical returns. The current
low interest rate environment influences this outlook.
Therefore, the assumed rate of return for U.S. plans was
reduced 25 basis points to 8.0% and foreign plans are 6.96%
for 2011.
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation
and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with a projected
benefit obligation in excess of plan assets and pension plans
with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
were as follows at December 31:
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected Benefit
|
|
|
Accumulated Benefit
|
|
|
|
Obligation Exceeds
|
|
|
Obligation Exceeds
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of Assets
|
|
|
Fair Value of Assets
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
4,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,802
|
|
|
$
|
4,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,802
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected Benefit
|
|
|
Accumulated Benefit
|
|
|
|
Obligation Exceeds
|
|
|
Obligation Exceeds
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of Assets
|
|
|
Fair Value of Assets
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
59,966
|
|
|
$
|
49,561
|
|
|
$
|
9,612
|
|
|
$
|
1,911
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
51,040
|
|
|
|
46,049
|
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
The following table provides the amounts recognized in the
consolidated balance sheet at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Funded status asset (liability):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
592,442
|
|
|
$
|
543,016
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
|
(511,097
|
)
|
|
|
(487,514
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
81,345
|
|
|
$
|
55,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet consisted
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent asset for pension benefits (other assets)
|
|
$
|
95,029
|
|
|
$
|
63,815
|
|
Current liabilities for pension benefits
|
|
|
(235
|
)
|
|
|
(333
|
)
|
Noncurrent liability for pension benefits
|
|
|
(13,449
|
)
|
|
|
(7,980
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
81,345
|
|
|
$
|
55,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-52
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table provides the amounts recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts recognized:
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
50,677
|
|
|
$
|
66,848
|
|
Prior service costs
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
286
|
|
Transition asset
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized
|
|
$
|
50,798
|
|
|
$
|
67,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other changes in pension plan assets and benefit
obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
recognized in other comprehensive income, net of taxes:
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
$
|
(10,871
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,086
|
)
|
|
$
|
90,580
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain
|
|
|
(4,306
|
)
|
|
|
(8,079
|
)
|
|
|
74
|
|
Loss recognized due to curtailment
|
|
|
(993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(227
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service costs
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Amortization of transition asset
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized
|
|
$
|
(16,323
|
)
|
|
$
|
(26,239
|
)
|
|
$
|
90,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides the components of net periodic
pension benefit expense for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Defined benefit plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
3,921
|
|
|
$
|
4,517
|
|
|
$
|
5,827
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
27,874
|
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
|
|
28,549
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(41,991
|
)
|
|
|
(35,711
|
)
|
|
|
(41,578
|
)
|
Amortization of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
6,949
|
|
|
|
13,165
|
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
Prior service costs
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Transition asset
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Special termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension (income) expense
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
10,330
|
|
|
|
(7,056
|
)
|
Pension curtailment charge
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net periodic benefit (income) expense
|
|
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
|
10,330
|
|
|
|
(6,779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined contribution plans
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
|
12,521
|
|
|
|
12,950
|
|
Foreign plans and other
|
|
|
4,442
|
|
|
|
3,977
|
|
|
|
4,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other plans
|
|
|
16,947
|
|
|
|
16,498
|
|
|
|
17,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net pension expense
|
|
$
|
13,803
|
|
|
$
|
26,828
|
|
|
$
|
10,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-53
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated
other comprehensive income into net periodic pension benefit
expense in 2011 for the net actuarial losses and prior service
costs is expected to be $4.6 million.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to
determine the above net periodic pension benefit expense for the
years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.90
|
%
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (where applicable)
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.98
|
%
|
|
|
6.09
|
%
|
|
|
5.89
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (where applicable)
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
|
|
3.86
|
%
|
Estimated
Future Benefit Payments
The estimated future benefit payments for U.S. and foreign
plans are as follows (in thousands): 2011 $28,587;
2012 $29,620; 2013 $30,602;
2014 $31,189; 2015 $32,022; 2016 to
2020 $173,500. Future benefit payments primarily
represent amounts to be paid from pension trust assets. Amounts
included that are to be paid from the Companys assets are
not significant in any individual year.
Postretirement
Plans and Postemployment Benefits
The Company provides limited postretirement benefits other than
pensions for certain retirees and a small number of former
employees. Benefits under these arrangements are not funded and
are not significant.
The Company also provides limited postemployment benefits for
certain former or inactive employees after employment but before
retirement. Those benefits are not significant in amount.
The Company has a deferred compensation plan, which allows
employees whose compensation exceeds the statutory IRS limit for
retirement benefits to defer a portion of earned bonus
compensation. The plan permits deferred amounts to be deemed
invested in either, or a combination of, (a) an
interest-bearing account, benefits from which are payable out of
the general assets of the Company, or (b) the equivalent of
a fund which invests in shares of the Companys common
stock on behalf of the employee. The amount deferred under the
plan, including income earned, was $16.9 million and
$16.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. Administrative expense for the plan is borne by
the Company and is not significant.
B-54
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
16.
|
Financial
Instruments
|
The estimated fair values of the Companys financial
instruments are compared below to the recorded amounts at
December 31, 2010 and 2009. Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities are recorded at fair value at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset (Liability)
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Recorded
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Recorded
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Fixed-income investments
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,883
|
|
|
$
|
8,883
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(95,904
|
)
|
|
|
(95,904
|
)
|
|
|
(4,076
|
)
|
|
|
(4,076
|
)
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
(1,072,608
|
)
|
|
|
(1,176,399
|
)
|
|
|
(1,037,605
|
)
|
|
|
(1,084,877
|
)
|
The fair value of fixed-income investments is based on quoted
market prices. The fair value of short-term borrowings
approximates the carrying value. The Companys long-term
debt is all privately held with no public market for this debt,
therefore, the fair value of long-term debt was computed based
on comparable current market data for similar debt instruments.
See Note 10 for long-term debt principals, interest rates
and maturities.
|
|
17.
|
Additional
Consolidated Income Statement and Cash Flow
Information
|
Included in other income are interest and other investment
income of $1.1 million, $0.9 million and
$3.9 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Income
taxes paid in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $95.9 million,
$84.3 million and $113.4 million, respectively. Cash
paid for interest was $66.8 million, $68.0 million and
$59.2 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
B-55
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
18.
|
Reportable
Segments and Geographic Areas Information
|
Descriptive
Information about Reportable Segments
The Company has two reportable segments, EIG and EMG. The
Company manages, evaluates and aggregates its operating segments
for segment reporting purposes primarily on the basis of product
type, production processes, distribution methods and management
organizations.
EIG produces instrumentation for various electronic applications
used in transportation industries, including aircraft cockpit
instruments and displays, airborne electronics systems that
monitor and record flight and engine data, and pressure,
temperature, flow and liquid-level sensors for commercial
airlines and aircraft and jet engine manufacturers. EIG also
produces analytical instrumentation for the laboratory and
research markets, as well as instruments for food service
equipment, measurement and monitoring instrumentation for
various process industries and instruments and complete
instrument panels for heavy trucks, and heavy construction and
agricultural vehicles. EIG also manufactures ultraprecise
measurement instrumentation, as well as thermoplastic compounds
for automotive, appliance and telecommunications applications.
EMG produces brushless air-moving motors for aerospace, mass
transit, medical equipment, computer and business machine
applications. EMG also produces high-purity metal powders and
alloys in powder, strip and wire form for electronic components,
aircraft and automotive products, as well as heat exchangers and
thermal management subsystems. EMG also supplies hermetically
sealed (moisture-proof) connectors, terminals and headers. These
electromechanical devices are used in aerospace, defense and
other industrial applications. Additionally, EMG produces
air-moving electric motors and motor-blower systems for
manufacturers of floorcare appliances and outdoor power
equipment. Sales of floorcare and specialty motors represented
10.3% in 2010, 10.8% in 2009 and 12.1% in 2008 of the
Companys consolidated net sales.
Measurement
of Segment Results
Segment operating income represents sales, less all direct costs
and expenses (including certain administrative and other
expenses) applicable to each segment, but does not include an
allocation of interest expense. Net sales by segment are
reported after elimination of intra- and inter-segment sales and
profits, which are insignificant in amount. Reported segment
assets include allocations directly related to the
segments operations. Corporate assets consist primarily of
investments, prepaid pensions, insurance deposits and deferred
taxes.
B-56
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Reportable
Segment Financial Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
1,324,113
|
|
|
$
|
1,146,578
|
|
|
$
|
1,402,653
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
1,146,839
|
|
|
|
951,777
|
|
|
|
1,128,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales
|
|
$
|
2,470,952
|
|
|
$
|
2,098,355
|
|
|
$
|
2,531,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income and income before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income**:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
316,184
|
|
|
$
|
232,875
|
|
|
$
|
306,764
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
210,397
|
|
|
|
166,582
|
|
|
|
175,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating income
|
|
|
526,581
|
|
|
|
399,457
|
|
|
|
481,945
|
|
Corporate administrative and other expenses
|
|
|
(44,423
|
)
|
|
|
(33,407
|
)
|
|
|
(49,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income
|
|
|
482,158
|
|
|
|
366,050
|
|
|
|
432,654
|
|
Interest and other expenses, net
|
|
|
(75,908
|
)
|
|
|
(71,417
|
)
|
|
|
(66,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated income before income taxes
|
|
$
|
406,250
|
|
|
$
|
294,633
|
|
|
$
|
366,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
1,959,586
|
|
|
$
|
1,535,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
1,753,041
|
|
|
|
1,357,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment assets
|
|
|
3,712,627
|
|
|
|
2,892,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
106,288
|
|
|
|
353,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated assets
|
|
$
|
3,818,915
|
|
|
$
|
3,246,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment***:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
31,496
|
|
|
$
|
22,220
|
|
|
$
|
25,860
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
26,690
|
|
|
|
16,668
|
|
|
|
52,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
58,186
|
|
|
|
38,888
|
|
|
|
78,091
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
4,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
61,426
|
|
|
$
|
41,049
|
|
|
$
|
82,741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Instruments
|
|
$
|
32,893
|
|
|
$
|
32,635
|
|
|
$
|
30,569
|
|
Electromechanical
|
|
|
38,524
|
|
|
|
32,444
|
|
|
|
32,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
71,417
|
|
|
|
65,079
|
|
|
|
63,029
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,479
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
72,896
|
|
|
$
|
65,500
|
|
|
$
|
63,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
After elimination of intra- and inter-segment sales, which are
not significant in amount. |
|
** |
|
Segment operating income represents sales less all direct costs
and expenses (including certain administrative and other
expenses) applicable to each segment, but does not include
interest expense. |
|
*** |
|
Includes $22.2 million in 2010, $8.0 million in 2009
and $38.5 million in 2008 from acquired businesses. |
B-57
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Geographic
Areas
Information about the Companys operations in different
geographic areas for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008 is shown below. Net sales were attributed to
geographic areas based on the location of the customer.
Accordingly, U.S. export sales are reported in
international sales.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,259,608
|
|
|
$
|
1,066,644
|
|
|
$
|
1,305,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
174,980
|
|
|
|
170,229
|
|
|
|
167,891
|
|
European Union countries
|
|
|
362,463
|
|
|
|
339,328
|
|
|
|
394,937
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
405,200
|
|
|
|
308,805
|
|
|
|
373,477
|
|
Other foreign countries
|
|
|
268,701
|
|
|
|
213,349
|
|
|
|
289,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total international
|
|
|
1,211,344
|
|
|
|
1,031,711
|
|
|
|
1,225,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated
|
|
$
|
2,470,952
|
|
|
$
|
2,098,355
|
|
|
$
|
2,531,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets from continuing operations (excluding
intangible assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
206,869
|
|
|
$
|
190,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International**:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
34,031
|
|
|
|
38,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
European Union countries
|
|
|
54,815
|
|
|
|
60,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
8,862
|
|
|
|
8,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other foreign countries
|
|
|
13,549
|
|
|
|
11,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total international
|
|
|
111,257
|
|
|
|
119,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated
|
|
$
|
318,126
|
|
|
$
|
310,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Includes U.S. export sales of $564.5 million in 2010,
$414.1 million in 2009 and $478.5 million in 2008. |
|
** |
|
Represents long-lived assets of foreign-based operations only. |
The Company does not provide significant guarantees on a routine
basis. The Company primarily issues guarantees, stand-by letters
of credit and surety bonds in the ordinary course of its
business to provide financial or performance assurance to third
parties on behalf of its consolidated subsidiaries to support or
enhance the subsidiarys stand-alone creditworthiness. The
amounts subject to certain of these agreements vary depending on
the covered contracts actually outstanding at any particular
point in time. At December 31, 2010, the maximum amount of
future payment obligations relative to these various guarantees
was $59.3 million and the outstanding liability under
certain of those guarantees was $5.9 million.
Indemnifications
In conjunction with certain acquisition and divestiture
transactions, the Company may agree to make payments to
compensate or indemnify other parties for possible future
unfavorable financial consequences resulting from specified
events (e.g., breaches of contract obligations or retention of
previously existing environmental, tax or
B-58
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
employee liabilities) whose terms range in duration and often
are not explicitly defined. Where appropriate, the obligation
for such indemnifications is recorded as a liability. Because
the amount of these types of indemnifications generally is not
specifically stated, the overall maximum amount of the
obligation under such indemnifications cannot be reasonably
estimated. Further, the Company indemnifies its directors and
officers for claims against them in connection with their
positions with the Company. Historically, any such costs
incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have
been minimal for the Company. The Company believes that future
payments, if any, under all existing indemnification agreements
would not have a material impact on its consolidated results of
operations, financial position or cash flows.
Product
Warranties
The Company provides limited warranties in connection with the
sale of its products. The warranty periods for products sold
vary widely among the Companys operations, but for the
most part do not exceed one year. The Company calculates its
warranty expense provision based on past warranty experience and
adjustments are made periodically to reflect actual warranty
expenses.
Changes in the accrued product warranty obligation were as
follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
16,035
|
|
|
$
|
16,068
|
|
Accruals for warranties issued during the year
|
|
|
10,616
|
|
|
|
8,236
|
|
Settlements made during the year
|
|
|
(9,691
|
)
|
|
|
(11,095
|
)
|
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties, including
expirations during the year
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
277
|
|
Warranty accruals related to new businesses
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
18,347
|
|
|
$
|
16,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain settlements of warranties made during the period were
for specific nonrecurring warranty obligations. Product warranty
obligations are reported as current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet.
Asbestos
Litigation
The Company (including its subsidiaries) has been named as a
defendant, along with many other companies, in a number of
asbestos-related lawsuits. Many of these lawsuits either relate
to businesses which were acquired by the Company and do not
involve products which were manufactured or sold by the Company
or relate to previously owned businesses of the Company which
are under new ownership. In connection with many of these
lawsuits, the sellers or new owners of such businesses, as the
case may be, have agreed to indemnify the Company against these
claims (the Indemnified Claims). The Indemnified
Claims have been tendered to, and are being defended by, such
sellers and new owners. These sellers and new owners have met
their obligations, in all respects, and the Company does not
have any reason to believe such parties would fail to fulfill
their obligations in the future; however, one of these companies
filed for bankruptcy liquidation in 2007. To date, no judgments
have been rendered against the Company as a result of any
asbestos-related lawsuit. The Company believes it has strong
defenses to the claims being asserted and intends to continue to
vigorously defend itself in these matters.
Environmental
Matters
Certain historic processes in the manufacture of products have
resulted in environmentally hazardous waste by-products as
defined by federal and state laws and regulations. At
December 31, 2010, the Company is named a Potentially
Responsible Party (PRP) at 16
non-AMETEK-owned
former waste disposal or treatment sites (the
non-owned sites). The Company is identified as a
de minimis party in 14 of these sites based on the
low volume
B-59
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
of waste attributed to the Company relative to the amounts
attributed to other named PRPs. In ten of these sites, the
Company has reached a tentative agreement on the cost of the de
minimis settlement to satisfy its obligation and is awaiting
executed agreements. The tentatively agreed-to settlement
amounts are fully reserved. In the other four sites, the Company
is continuing to investigate the accuracy of the alleged volume
attributed to the Company as estimated by the parties primarily
responsible for remedial activity at the sites to establish an
appropriate settlement amount. In the two remaining sites where
the Company is a non-de minimis PRP, the Company is
participating in the investigation
and/or
related required remediation as part of a PRP Group and reserves
have been established sufficient to satisfy the Companys
expected obligations. The Company historically has resolved
these issues within established reserve levels and reasonably
expects this result will continue. In addition to these
non-owned sites, the Company has an ongoing practice of
providing reserves for probable remediation activities at
certain of its current or previously owned manufacturing
locations (the owned sites). For claims and
proceedings against the Company with respect to other
environmental matters, reserves are established once the Company
has determined that a loss is probable and estimable. This
estimate is refined as the Company moves through the various
stages of investigation, risk assessment, feasibility study and
corrective action processes. In certain instances, the Company
has developed a range of estimates for such costs and has
recorded a liability based on the low end of the range. It is
reasonably possible that the actual cost of remediation of the
individual sites could vary from the current estimates and the
amounts accrued in the consolidated financial statements;
however, the amounts of such variances are not expected to
result in a material change to the consolidated financial
statements. In estimating the Companys liability for
remediation, the Company also considers the likely proportionate
share of the anticipated remediation expense and the ability of
the other PRPs to fulfill their obligations.
Total environmental reserves at December 31, 2010 and 2009
were $31.3 million and $27.0 million, respectively,
for both non-owned and owned sites. In 2010, the Company
recorded $6.4 million in reserves, related primarily to a
2010 business acquisition. These reserves relate to the
estimated costs to remediate known environmental issues at an
owned site associated with the acquired business. Additionally,
the Company spent $2.1 million on environmental matters in
2010. The Companys reserves for environmental liabilities
at December 31, 2010 and 2009 include reserves of
$18.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively, for an
owned site acquired in connection with the 2005 acquisition of
HCC Industries (HCC). The Company is the designated
performing party for the performance of remedial activities for
one of several operating units making up a large Superfund site
in the San Gabriel Valley of California. The Company has
obtained indemnifications and other financial assurances from
the former owners of HCC related to the costs of the required
remedial activities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had
$14.2 million in receivables related to HCC for probable
recoveries from third-party escrow funds and other committed
third-party funds to support the required remediation. Also, the
Company is indemnified by HCCs former owners for
approximately $19.0 million of additional costs.
The Company has agreements with other former owners of certain
of its acquired businesses, as well as new owners of previously
owned businesses. Under certain of the agreements, the former or
new owners retained, or assumed and agreed to indemnify the
Company against, certain environmental and other liabilities
under certain circumstances. The Company and some of these other
parties also carry insurance coverage for some environmental
matters. To date, these parties have met their obligations in
all material respects; however, one of these companies filed for
bankruptcy liquidation in 2007 and, as a result, the Company is
performing investigation and remediation of a formerly owned
site under a Stipulation and Settlement Agreement.
B-60
AMETEK,
Inc.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company believes it has established reserves which are
sufficient to perform all known responsibilities under existing
claims and consent orders. The Company has no reason to believe
that other third parties would fail to perform their obligations
in the future. In the opinion of management, based upon
presently available information and past experience related to
such matters, an adequate provision for probable costs has been
made and the ultimate cost resulting from these actions is not
expected to materially affect the consolidated results of
operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.
|
|
21.
|
Quarterly
Financial Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
556,662
|
|
|
$
|
591,941
|
|
|
$
|
644,374
|
|
|
$
|
677,975
|
|
|
$
|
2,470,952
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
102,446
|
|
|
$
|
115,595
|
|
|
$
|
128,593
|
|
|
$
|
135,524
|
|
|
$
|
482,158
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
57,945
|
|
|
$
|
67,391
|
|
|
$
|
77,357
|
|
|
$
|
81,239
|
|
|
$
|
283,932
|
|
Basic earnings per share(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
Diluted earnings per share(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
Dividends paid per share(a)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
552,866
|
|
|
$
|
524,929
|
|
|
$
|
497,060
|
|
|
$
|
523,500
|
|
|
$
|
2,098,355
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
106,202
|
|
|
$
|
93,180
|
|
|
$
|
77,475
|
|
|
$
|
89,193
|
|
|
$
|
366,050
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
59,055
|
|
|
$
|
51,813
|
|
|
$
|
43,018
|
|
|
$
|
51,884
|
|
|
$
|
205,770
|
|
Basic earnings per share(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted earnings per share(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
1.27
|
|
Dividends paid per share(a)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect a
three-for-two
stock split paid to stockholders on December 21, 2010. See
Note 2. |
|
(b) |
|
The sum of quarterly earnings per share may not equal total year
earnings per share due to rounding of earnings per share
amounts, and differences in weighted average shares and
equivalent shares outstanding for each of the periods presented. |
B-61
This document is printed on recycled paper, which contains at least 10% post consumer waste.
ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF
AMETEK, Inc.
May 3, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROXY VOTING INSTRUCTIONS |
|
|
INTERNET - Access www.voteproxy.com and follow the on-screen
instructions. Have your proxy card available when you access the web page,
and use the Company Number and Account Number shown on your proxy card.
TELEPHONE - Call toll-free 1-800-PROXIES
(1-800-776-9437) in the United States or 1-718-921-8500 from foreign countries from any touch-tone telephone and follow
the instructions. Have your proxy card available when you call and use the Company
Number and Account Number shown on your proxy card.
Vote online or by phone until 11:59 PM EDT the day before the
meeting.
MAIL - Sign, date and mail your proxy card in the envelope provided as soon as possible.
IN PERSON - You may vote your shares in person by attending the Annual Meeting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY NUMBER
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCOUNT NUMBER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE OF INTERNET AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIAL: The Notice of Meeting,
proxy statement and proxy card are available at http://www.ametek.com/2011proxy |
¯ Please
detach along perforated line and mail in the envelope
provided IF you are not voting via telephone or the Internet. ¯
|
|
|
|
|
|
20230304030000000000 0 |
050311 |
|
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
PLEASE MARK YOUR VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS SHOWN HERE x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
1. |
Election of Directors: |
|
2. Approval of the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
c
|
c
|
|
c |
|
o |
|
|
NOMINEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR ALL NOMINEES |
О О |
Anthony J. Conti Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
o |
|
WITHHOLD
AUTHORITY FOR ALL NOMINEES |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Approval, by non-binding advisory vote, of AMETEK,
Inc. executive compensation. |
|
c
|
c
|
|
c
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 years |
2 years |
1 year |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
o
|
|
FOR ALL EXCEPT (See instruction below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Advisory vote on the frequency of executive compensation advisory votes.
|
c
|
c
|
c
|
|
c
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Ratification of Ernst & Young LLP as independent registered public accounting
firm.
|
|
c
|
c
|
|
c
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS:
To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), mark
FOR ALL EXCEPT
and fill in the circle next to each nominee you wish to withhold, as shown here:
=
|
|
At their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such
other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Receipt of the notice of said meeting and of the Proxy Statement of
AMETEK, Inc. accompanying the same is hereby acknowledged.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE SPACES PROVIDED, THE UNDERSIGNEDS
VOTE WILL BE CAST FOR THE ELECTION OF THE NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR
LISTED IN PROPOSAL 1, FOR PROPOSALS 2, 3 & 5, AND FOR 3 YEARS IN
PROPOSAL 4, AS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED IN THE ENCLOSED PROXY STATEMENT.
Annual Meeting of Stockholders
AMETEK, Inc.s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 11:00
a.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Tuesday, May 3, 2011, at the
InterContinental The Barclay New York, Sutton Room, 111 East 48th
Street, New York, NY 10017. Please see your proxy statement for
directions should you wish to attend the meeting.
ELECTRONIC ACCESS TO FUTURE DOCUMENTS
If you would like to receive future shareholder communications over
the Internet exclusively, and no longer receive any material by mail,
please visit http://www.amstock.com. Click on Shareholder Account
Access to enroll. Please enter your account number and tax
identification number to log in, then select Receive Company Mailings
via E-Mail and provide your e-mail address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and
indicate your new address in the address space above. Please note that
changes to the registered name(s) on the account may not be submitted via
this method.
|
o |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
of Stockholder
|
|
Date:
|
|
Signature
of Stockholder
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held
jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or
guardian, please give full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full
corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a
partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.
|
|
ANNUAL
MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF
AMETEK, Inc.
May 3, 2011
NOTICE OF INTERNET AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIAL:
The Notice of Meeting, proxy statement and proxy card
are available at http://www.ametek.com/2011proxy
Please sign, date and mail
your proxy card in the
envelope provided as soon
as possible.
¯
Please detach along perforated line and mail in the envelope provided.¯
|
|
|
|
|
|
20230304030000000000 0 |
050311 |
|
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
PLEASE MARK YOUR VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS SHOWN HERE x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
1. |
Election of Directors: |
|
2. Approval of the AMETEK, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
c |
c |
|
c |
|
o |
|
|
NOMINEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR ALL NOMINEES |
О О |
Anthony J. Conti Frank S. Hermance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
o |
|
WITHHOLD
AUTHORITY FOR ALL NOMINEES |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Approval, by non-binding advisory vote, of AMETEK,
Inc. executive compensation. |
|
c |
c |
|
c |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 years |
2 years |
1 year |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
o
|
|
FOR ALL EXCEPT (See instructions below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Advisory vote on the frequency of executive compensation advisory votes.
|
c |
c |
c |
|
c |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR |
AGAINST |
|
ABSTAIN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Ratification of Ernst & Young LLP as independent registered public accounting
firm.
|
|
c |
c |
|
c |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS:
To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), mark
FOR ALL EXCEPT
and fill in the circle next to each nominee you wish to withhold, as shown here:
=
|
|
At their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such
other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Receipt of the notice of said meeting and of the Proxy Statement of
AMETEK, Inc. accompanying the same is hereby acknowledged.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE SPACES PROVIDED, THE UNDERSIGNEDS
VOTE WILL BE CAST FOR THE ELECTION OF THE NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR
LISTED IN PROPOSAL 1, FOR PROPOSALS 2, 3 & 5, AND FOR 3 YEARS IN
PROPOSAL 4, AS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED IN THE ENCLOSED PROXY STATEMENT.
Annual Meeting of Stockholders
AMETEK, Inc.s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 11:00
a.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Tuesday, May 3, 2011, at the
InterContinental The Barclay New York, Sutton Room, 111 East 48th
Street, New York, NY 10017. Please see your proxy statement for
directions should you wish to attend the meeting.
ELECTRONIC ACCESS TO FUTURE DOCUMENTS
If you would like to receive future shareholder communications over
the Internet exclusively, and no longer receive any material by mail,
please visit http://www.amstock.com. Click on Shareholder Account
Access to enroll. Please enter your account number and tax
identification number to log in, then select Receive Company Mailings
via E-Mail and provide your e-mail address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and
indicate your new address in the address space above. Please note that
changes to the registered name(s) on the account may not be submitted via
this method.
|
o |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
of Stockholder
|
|
Date:
|
|
Signature
of Stockholder
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held jointly,
each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give
full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving
full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.
|
|
AMETEK, Inc.
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The undersigned hereby appoints Frank S. Hermance, Robert S. Feit and Kathryn E. Sena or a
majority of those present and acting, or, if only one is present and acting, then that one,
proxies, with full power of substitution, to vote all stock of AMETEK, Inc. which the undersigned
is entitled to vote at AMETEKs Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held at the InterContinental
The Barclay New York, Sutton Room, 111 East 48th Street, New York, NY 10017, on Tuesday, May 3,
2011, at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof, hereby
ratifying all that said proxies or their substitutes may do by virtue hereof, and the undersigned
authorizes and instructs said proxies to vote as follows:
SEE
REVERSE
SIDE
(TO BE SIGNED ON REVERSE SIDE)